Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Markov Chain

189 missions · 85 completed

Missions

Open104Completed85All189
CombinatoricsProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Coalescents With Multiple Collisions 1: A Coalescent on Partitions of ℕ With k-Fold Merger Rates λ_{b,k} Exists Iff λ_{b,k} = ∫ x^{k−2}(1−x)^{b−k} Λ(dx)Research Paper

Motivation

A coalescent models a collection of ancestral lineages merging as time runs backward. If every event joins exactly two lineages, a single pairwise merger rate describes the finite system. Pitman’s 1999 paper asks which rates permit an event to join any number of blocks, while still giving one process on partitions of all positive integers. This matters when a sample of any finite size must be a restriction of the same population model: specifying a chain separately at every sample size is insufficient unless the chains agree when labels are removed. The paper supplies an exact answer in terms of a finite measure on the unit interval. See Pitman (1999), Theorem 1 and §3.1.

Setting

Let Pn\mathcal P_nPn​ be the partitions of [n]={1,…,n}[n]=\{1,\ldots,n\}[n]={1,…,n} and P∞\mathcal P_\inftyP∞​ the partitions of the positive integers. A partition records which labels belong to the same block. The map RnR_nRn​ restricts a partition to [n][n][n]. A partition π\piπ refines π′\pi'π′ when every block of π\piπ is contained in a block of π′\pi'π′. Thus blocks can merge as time grows, but never split.

A P∞\mathcal P_\inftyP∞​-valued process is a coalescent here when its paths refine with time and each finite restriction RnR_nRn​ has right-continuous step-function paths. For a partition of [n][n][n] with bbb blocks, each unordered choice of kkk blocks, 2≤k≤b2\le k\le b2≤k≤b, merges into one block at rate λb,k\lambda_{b,k}λb,k​. Different choices are different possible transitions, each with that rate; the rate is not multiplied by the number of choices. The finite chain’s generator QnQ_nQn​ records these transition rates, with each diagonal entry the negative sum of the other entries in its row. Its transition matrix after time ttt is exp⁡(tQn)\exp(tQ_n)exp(tQn​).

An array (λb,k)(\lambda_{b,k})(λb,k​) is consistent when, for every n<mn<mn<m and every initial partition of [m][m][m], restricting the mmm-label chain to [n][n][n] gives the same process law as the nnn-label chain started at the restricted partition. A finite nonnegative Borel measure Λ\LambdaΛ on [0,1][0,1][0,1] supplies a rate array through an integral. The point mass at zero is included: because 00=10^0=100=1 for natural powers, it gives pairwise mergers while higher-order merger rates vanish. These definitions follow Pitman (1999), pp. 1871–1872 and Lemma 18.

Formalization targets

Characterization of admissible rates

The goal is the existence-and-rates part of Theorem 1. For every nonnegative array (λb,k:2≤k≤b)(\lambda_{b,k}:2\le k\le b)(λb,k​:2≤k≤b), a coalescent with these finite-chain merger rates exists from every π∈P∞\pi\in\mathcal P_\inftyπ∈P∞​ if and only if there is a finite nonnegative measure Λ\LambdaΛ on [0,1][0,1][0,1] such that

λb,k=∫[0,1]xk−2(1−x)b−k Λ(dx)(2≤k≤b).\lambda_{b,k}=\int_{[0,1]}x^{k-2}(1-x)^{b-k}\,\Lambda(dx) \qquad(2\le k\le b).λb,k​=∫[0,1]​xk−2(1−x)b−kΛ(dx)(2≤k≤b).

The statement asks for one measure representing every rate in the infinite array, and a process from every initial partition. It fixes neither a particular measure nor a sample size. This is Theorem 1, equation (1).

Supporting claims

The milestone list follows §3.1: adjacent-size restrictions suffice to check consistency; consistency is equivalent to

λb,k=λb+1,k+λb+1,k+1(2≤k≤b);\lambda_{b,k}=\lambda_{b+1,k}+\lambda_{b+1,k+1} \qquad(2\le k\le b);λb,k​=λb+1,k​+λb+1,k+1​(2≤k≤b);

and the nonnegative normalized array relation

μi,j=μi+1,j+μi,j+1,μ0,0=1,\mu_{i,j}=\mu_{i+1,j}+\mu_{i,j+1},\qquad \mu_{0,0}=1,μi,j​=μi+1,j​+μi,j+1​,μ0,0​=1,

is equivalent to a representation μi,j=E[Xi(1−X)j]\mu_{i,j}=\mathbb E[X^i(1-X)^j]μi,j​=E[Xi(1−X)j] for X∈[0,1]X\in[0,1]X∈[0,1]. The final milestone states the uniqueness as well as the existence of the representing measure: equation (1) is a bijection between consistent arrays and finite measures. These are the claims in Lemma 18 and its proof, p. 1882.

Significance

The characterization turns an infinite family of nonnegative rates into one finite measure, and says exactly when finite chains at different sample sizes can be restrictions of a common partition process. The bijection also makes the measure identifiable from the rates. Without consistency, a chain specified at one size can change its law when an unobserved extra label is added; there would be no single process on P∞\mathcal P_\inftyP∞​ with those restrictions.

Pitman proved these results in 1999. The mission concerns machine-checking their statements and, eventually, their proofs. The current Lean items are open theorems with compiled statements; they do not yet have machine-checked proofs. The reusable part of a complete development would include finite partition generators, restriction of continuous-time Markov chains, and the moment representation for normalized nonnegative arrays. These tools also apply to other consistent families of random combinatorial structures.

Difficulty

Checking that each QnQ_nQn​ defines a finite-state chain does not by itself construct a process on partitions of all integers. Deleting one label can change which apparent merger occurs in the smaller chain, so the rates must satisfy a precise identity across adjacent sizes. Even once those identities hold, the conclusion requires one joint law whose finite restrictions agree for all sizes and times, with right-continuous paths. The representation step must recover a genuine finite measure, including possible mass at zero, and must prove uniqueness; a mere numerical fit for finitely many entries cannot establish the theorem.

Formalization scope

The Lean partition type is Setoid (Fin n) at finite size and a type synonym of Setoid ℕ at infinite size. The paper’s positive labels are shifted to zero-based labels, preserving their order. The measurable structure on infinite partitions is generated by pairwise equivalence coordinates, equivalently by finite restrictions; finite partition spaces use the discrete measurable structure. The process path predicate requires refinement at every pair of ordered times and right continuity of every finite restriction. Finite-chain laws are specified at all finite collections of times through exp⁡(tQn)\exp(tQ_n)exp(tQn​), so a process cannot qualify merely by having the right initial state or a single marginal.

The measure is represented on R\mathbb RR with zero mass outside [0,1]‘;integralsareover[0,1]`; integrals are over [0,1]‘;integralsareover[0,1].Finitenessisexplicit,preventinganonintegrableBochnerintegralfromacquiringLean’sdefaultvalue.Natural−numberexponentsretain. Finiteness is explicit, preventing a nonintegrable Bochner integral from acquiring Lean’s default value. Natural-number exponents retain .Finitenessisexplicit,preventinganonintegrableBochnerintegralfromacquiringLean’sdefaultvalue.Natural−numberexponentsretainx^0=1atatatx=0.Theratearrayisreadonlyfor. The rate array is read only for .Theratearrayisreadonlyfor2\le k\le b$, and the zero measure is allowed. The Fin 0 restriction is an additional tautological boundary case introduced by Lean’s natural numbers. The process sample space is a small Lean type, and the law is a probability measure on it.

Only the characterization sentence of Theorem 1 is targeted. Its later assertions about the strong Markov property, Feller semigroup, Skorohod path-space law, and weak continuity of the law map are outside this mission. Contributions toward those properties would need further path-space infrastructure. The formalized foundations and milestones can also support the paper’s Poisson construction and its later results, but those are separate targets.

Selected references

  • Jim Pitman, Coalescents with multiple collisions, Annals of Probability 27(4), 1870–1902, 1999. DOI: 10.1214/aop/1022874819.
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingLinear OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Linear Programming and Markov Decision Chains 2: Representatives of Average Optimal Stationary Policies Are Optimal Dual Solutions, and Every Optimal Dual Solution Gives an Average Optimal PolicyResearch Paper

Motivation

A finite Markov decision process may have several recurrent classes under one policy. In that setting, its long-run reward depends on the initial state, and a single stationary distribution does not describe the whole decision problem. Hordijk and Kallenberg developed a linear program with two families of variables to handle this multichain case. Their Theorem 8 relates policies to feasible points of that program in both directions: optimal stationary policies give optimal dual solutions, and every optimal dual solution gives an average optimal stationary policy. This relationship explains why the dual program represents the original sequential decision problem rather than merely bounding its value. Hordijk and Kallenberg (1979)

An earlier frequency formulation associated stationary randomized policies with one family of occupation variables in a more restricted Markov-chain setting. The present theorem uses both xxx and yyy variables, and its policy comparison covers history-dependent randomized decisions. The corresponding formalization therefore addresses the finite multichain model of the 1979 paper, with its own dual equations and representative map. Hordijk and Kallenberg (1979), §§1 and 3.3

Setting

Let EEE be a nonempty finite set of states. At state iii, an action aaa is chosen from a nonempty finite set A(i)A(i)A(i). It earns a real reward riar_{ia}ria​ and moves to state jjj with probability piajp_{iaj}piaj​. The transition probabilities are nonnegative and sum to one over jjj. A general policy RRR may randomize and use the complete past history. Its average reward ϕi(R)\phi_i(R)ϕi​(R) is the liminf, as the horizon grows, of expected total reward divided by the horizon when the initial state is iii. The optimal value ϕi\phi_iϕi​ is the supremum of ϕi(R)\phi_i(R)ϕi​(R) over all such policies. A policy is average optimal when it attains that value at every state. These are the conventions of §2.1 of the paper. Hordijk and Kallenberg (1979), p. 353

A stationary randomized policy π∞\pi^\inftyπ∞ chooses each admissible action aaa at state iii with a fixed probability πia\pi_{ia}πia​, independently of the epoch and history. Its transition matrix is P(π)ij=∑a∈A(i)πiapiajP(\pi)_{ij}=\sum_{a\in A(i)}\pi_{ia}p_{iaj}P(π)ij​=∑a∈A(i)​πia​piaj​, and its reward vector is r(π)i=∑a∈A(i)πiariar(\pi)_i=\sum_{a\in A(i)}\pi_{ia}r_{ia}r(π)i​=∑a∈A(i)​πia​ria​. The Cesàro limit matrix P∗(π)P^*(\pi)P∗(π) and deviation matrix D(π)D(\pi)D(π) describe the recurrent and transient behavior of this finite chain. In particular, ϕ(π∞)=P∗(π)r(π)\phi(\pi^\infty)=P^*(\pi)r(\pi)ϕ(π∞)=P∗(π)r(π). Hordijk and Kallenberg (1979), p. 359

Fix positive state weights βj\beta_jβj​ summing to one. The primal linear program minimizes ∑jβjϕ~j\sum_j\beta_j\widetilde\phi_j∑j​βj​ϕ​j​ over pairs (ϕ~,u~)(\widetilde\phi,\widetilde u)(ϕ​,u) that are superharmonic: for every iii and a∈A(i)a\in A(i)a∈A(i), the first vector dominates its one-step expected continuation, and the sum of the two vectors dominates one-step reward plus the continuation of the second. The dual linear program maximizes ∑i,ariaxia\sum_{i,a}r_{ia}x_{ia}∑i,a​ria​xia​ over nonnegative xiax_{ia}xia​ and yiay_{ia}yia​ satisfying the two flow equations (3) and (4). Variables are present only for admissible state-action pairs. The set ExE_xEx​ consists of states where ∑axia>0\sum_a x_{ia}>0∑a​xia​>0. Hordijk and Kallenberg (1979), pp. 356–357

For a feasible dual point (x,y)(x,y)(x,y), the associated policy π(x,y)\pi(x,y)π(x,y) normalizes the xxx row at states in ExE_xEx​ and the yyy row at other states. Conversely, equation (6) constructs a representative (x(π),y(π))(x(\pi),y(\pi))(x(π),y(π)) of a stationary randomized policy. Its xxx coordinates use βTP∗(π)\beta^TP^*(\pi)βTP∗(π). Its yyy coordinates use βTD(π)+γTP∗(π)\beta^TD(\pi)+\gamma^TP^*(\pi)βTD(π)+γTP∗(π), where γ\gammaγ is zero at transient states and is chosen separately on each recurrent class by a maximum formula. The formalization restricts that formula's denominator to the recurrent class, as required by the subsequent nonnegativity calculation; the printed unrestricted denominator has a two-state counterexample. Hordijk and Kallenberg (1979), pp. 359–360

Formalization targets

Optimality correspondence

The goal is Theorem 8, with both directions in one statement:

π∞ average optimal ⟹ (x(π),y(π)) dual optimal,(x,y) dual optimal ⟹ π∞(x,y) average optimal.\pi^\infty\text{ average optimal}\ \Longrightarrow\ (x(\pi),y(\pi))\text{ dual optimal}, \qquad (x,y)\text{ dual optimal}\ \Longrightarrow\ \pi^\infty(x,y)\text{ average optimal}.π∞ average optimal ⟹ (x(π),y(π)) dual optimal,(x,y) dual optimal ⟹ π∞(x,y) average optimal.

The second implication applies to every optimal dual point. It produces the stationary randomized policy given by the printed normalization rule, including its existence as a valid policy. The first implication uses the particular representative defined by equation (6). Neither direction imposes an extreme-point condition. Hordijk and Kallenberg (1979), Theorem 8, p. 360

Supporting results

The milestones state the least-superharmonic characterization of ϕ\phiϕ; the positivity that makes the dual-to-policy normalization meaningful; the stationary gain identity; feasibility and objective value of the representative; and Propositions 4 and 5, which describe tight actions and identify ExE_xEx​ with the recurrent states of P(π(x,y))P(\pi(x,y))P(π(x,y)). Each is a statement about the same finite model and the same primal–dual pair. Hordijk and Kallenberg (1979), pp. 356–361

Significance

The theorem establishes an exact relation between two ways of expressing average optimality. The LP direction turns an optimal stationary policy into a dual optimum with a concrete state-action representation. The converse says an arbitrary optimal dual point can be read as an average optimal policy, even when its xxx coordinates vanish at some states. Proposition 5 specifies what those vanishing coordinates mean for the induced chain: those states are transient. These statements permit optimization over a finite LP while preserving the policy interpretation of its solutions. Hordijk and Kallenberg (1979), Theorem 8 and Proposition 5

The result was proved in 1979; this mission asks for a machine-checked proof of its precise finite-state statement. The shared MDP model and the limit and deviation matrix definitions already exist as published formal objects. The new work is the correspondence for Hordijk and Kallenberg's dual equations, with the representative, its class-wise correction, and the connection to liminf average reward. The definitions of stationary policy mixtures, admissible-pair LP coordinates, and finite-chain recurrence can support later results about average-reward optimization.

Difficulty

Normalizing xxx alone does not define a policy at every state: its row sum can be zero. The dual program's second variable yyy supplies the action weights there, and the feasibility equations must ensure its row sum is positive. In the other direction, the natural βTD(π)\beta^TD(\pi)βTD(π) term in y(π)y(\pi)y(π) need not be nonnegative. The correction γ\gammaγ is chosen by a maximum over each recurrent class, while transient states require a different case. These issues remain in a multichain process even though the state and action sets are finite. Hordijk and Kallenberg (1979), pp. 359–361

Formalization scope

Lean uses finite types for states and actions, a nonempty state type, and a nonempty admissible action set at every state. The published StationaryMDP definition provides real rewards and stochastic transition rows. General policies are its history-dependent randomized AvgHRPolicy values; average reward is its liminf reward, and optimal gain is the supremum over that entire policy class. The mission defines its own average-optimality predicate because the published Puterman predicate uses a stronger limsup comparison. For finite rewards, the liminf gains and their supremum are bounded real numbers.

Stationary randomized weights are nonnegative, sum to one on each A(i)A(i)A(i), and vanish outside A(i)A(i)A(i). The dual variables are functions on the subtype of admissible state-action pairs. The primal and dual optima mean feasible points attaining the relevant objective against every other feasible point. The paper's positive, normalized β\betaβ remains explicit. The raw formula for π(x,y)\pi(x,y)π(x,y) is used only with a feasible dual point, and the policy-well-definedness milestone supplies its nonzero denominators. The representative uses a maximum over the ergodic class of each recurrent state, with the class-restricted denominator needed by the paper's proof; replacing γ\gammaγ by zero or by one global maximum would change the target.

The known matrix objects P∗P^*P∗ and DDD are imported from the published Blackwell development. Their convergence and identities are theorem obligations, not assumptions hidden in definitions. Contributions proving the finite-chain identities, representative feasibility, complementary slackness, and the final policy comparison are within scope. A statement restricted to a unichain model, an extreme dual point, or a pure selected action would not establish this theorem.

Selected references

  • A. Hordijk and L. C. M. Kallenberg, Linear Programming and Markov Decision Chains, Management Science 25(4):352–362, 1979. DOI: 10.1287/mnsc.25.4.352.
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

On Finding Optimal Policies in Discrete Dynamic Programming with No Discounting 1: If G(f) ∪ H(f) Is Empty, f Maximizes the Gain and Then the Bias, and Each Improvement Step Raises (x, y, z)Research Paper

Motivation

A controller observes a finite system period after period, chooses an action in each state, earns an income and moves the system at random. When future income is not discounted, the natural criterion is the average return per unit time (the gain), but many policies share the maximal gain while differing in their transient income. Blackwell (1962) showed that the policies that are optimal as the discount factor tends to one, the 1-optimal policies, are exactly the stationary policies that first maximize the gain and then, among those, the bias. He gave no finite procedure for the second maximization. Veinott (1966) supplied one: an extension of Howard's policy improvement method in which a second improvement test, on the bias, is run after the gain test is exhausted, with a third vector z(f)z(f)z(f) guaranteeing termination. The method and its sensitivity hierarchy became the starting point of the nnn-discount optimality theory developed by Veinott (1969) and treated in Puterman's Markov Decision Processes (1994), Chapter 10.

Timeline:

  • 1960: Howard, Dynamic Programming and Markov Processes: policy improvement for the discounted and the average-return problems.
  • 1962: Blackwell, Discrete Dynamic Programming: existence of stationary policies optimal for all discount factors near one; the expansion Vβ(f∞)=x(f)/(1−β)+y(f)+o(1)V_\beta(f^\infty)=x(f)/(1-\beta)+y(f)+o(1)Vβ​(f∞)=x(f)/(1−β)+y(f)+o(1); nearly optimal (1-optimal) policies characterized by lexicographic maximization of (x,y)(x,y)(x,y).
  • 1966: Veinott, this paper: the extended policy improvement method that finds a 1-optimal stationary policy in finitely many steps (Theorem 6), and a finite-horizon characterization of the same policies (Theorem 7).
  • 1969: Veinott, Discount optimality and sensitive optimality: the full hierarchy of nnn-discount optimal policies and the corresponding nested improvement method.

Setting

There are finitely many states sss and a finite set of actions. Choosing action aaa in state sss earns the income i(s,a)i(s,a)i(s,a) and moves the system to state s′s's′ with probability q(s′∣s,a)q(s'\mid s,a)q(s′∣s,a). A decision rule f∈Ff\in Ff∈F picks an action f(s)f(s)f(s) in each state; r(f)r(f)r(f) is the vector with entries i(s,f(s))i(s,f(s))i(s,f(s)) and Q(f)Q(f)Q(f) the stochastic matrix with entries q(s′∣s,f(s))q(s'\mid s,f(s))q(s′∣s,f(s)). A policy is a sequence (f1,f2,… )(f_1,f_2,\dots)(f1​,f2​,…) of decision rules, f∞=(f,f,… )f^\infty=(f,f,\dots)f∞=(f,f,…) is a stationary policy, and for 0≤β<10\le\beta<10≤β<1

Vβ(π)=∑n=0∞βnQ(f1)⋯Q(fn) r(fn+1)V_\beta(\pi)=\sum_{n=0}^\infty \beta^n Q(f_1)\cdots Q(f_n)\,r(f_{n+1})Vβ​(π)=n=0∑∞​βnQ(f1​)⋯Q(fn​)r(fn+1​)

is the vector of expected discounted returns. For vectors, u≥vu\ge vu≥v is coordinatewise and u>vu>vu>v means u≥vu\ge vu≥v and u≠vu\ne vu=v.

Let Q∗(f)Q^*(f)Q∗(f) be the Cesàro limit of the powers of Q(f)Q(f)Q(f). The gain x(f)x(f)x(f) and the bias y(f)y(f)y(f) are the unique solutions of

[I−Q(f)]x=0,Q∗(f)x=Q∗(f)r(f);[I−Q(f)]y=r(f)−x(f),Q∗(f)y=0,[I-Q(f)]x=0,\quad Q^*(f)x=Q^*(f)r(f);\qquad [I-Q(f)]y=r(f)-x(f),\quad Q^*(f)y=0,[I−Q(f)]x=0,Q∗(f)x=Q∗(f)r(f);[I−Q(f)]y=r(f)−x(f),Q∗(f)y=0,

and z(f)z(f)z(f) is the unique solution of [I−Q(f)]z=−y(f)[I-Q(f)]z=-y(f)[I−Q(f)]z=−y(f), Q∗(f)z=0Q^*(f)z=0Q∗(f)z=0. Write F′F'F′ for the decision rules of maximal gain and F′′⊂F′F''\subset F'F′′⊂F′ for those of maximal bias within F′F'F′.

The two improvement sets compare fff with a decision rule ggg through the state-by-state tests

(i) [Q(g)x(f)]s≥[x(f)]s,(ii) [r(g)+Q(g)y(f)]s≥[x(f)+y(f)]s.\text{(i) } [Q(g)x(f)]_s\ge[x(f)]_s,\qquad \text{(ii) } [r(g)+Q(g)y(f)]_s\ge[x(f)+y(f)]_s .(i) [Q(g)x(f)]s​≥[x(f)]s​,(ii) [r(g)+Q(g)y(f)]s​≥[x(f)+y(f)]s​.

G(f)G(f)G(f) consists of the ggg for which (i) holds everywhere, (ii) holds wherever (i) is an equality, some inequality is strict, and g(s)=f(s)g(s)=f(s)g(s)=f(s) wherever both are equalities. E(f)E(f)E(f) consists of the ggg for which (i) and (ii) are equalities at every state. For g∈E(f)g\in E(f)g∈E(f),

(iii) [−y(f)+Q(g)z(f)]s≥[z(f)]s,\text{(iii) } [-y(f)+Q(g)z(f)]_s\ge[z(f)]_s,(iii) [−y(f)+Q(g)z(f)]s​≥[z(f)]s​,

and H(f)H(f)H(f) consists of the g∈E(f)g\in E(f)g∈E(f) for which (iii) holds everywhere, strictly somewhere, with g(s)=f(s)g(s)=f(s)g(s)=f(s) wherever it is an equality.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6 (p. 1290)

For every f∈Ff\in Ff∈F:

  1. G(f)=∅ ⇒ f∈F′G(f)=\varnothing\ \Rightarrow\ f\in F'G(f)=∅ ⇒ f∈F′;
  2. G(f)∪H(f)=∅ ⇒ f∈F′′G(f)\cup H(f)=\varnothing\ \Rightarrow\ f\in F''G(f)∪H(f)=∅ ⇒ f∈F′′;
  3. g∈G(f) ⇒ x(g)>x(f)g\in G(f)\ \Rightarrow\ x(g)>x(f)g∈G(f) ⇒ x(g)>x(f), or x(g)=x(f)x(g)=x(f)x(g)=x(f) and y(g)>y(f)y(g)>y(f)y(g)>y(f);
  4. g∈H(f) ⇒ x(g)=x(f)g\in H(f)\ \Rightarrow\ x(g)=x(f)g∈H(f) ⇒ x(g)=x(f), and y(g)>y(f)y(g)>y(f)y(g)>y(f), or y(g)=y(f)y(g)=y(f)y(g)=y(f) and z(g)>z(f)z(g)>z(f)z(g)>z(f).

Part 2 is the stopping certificate and parts 3 and 4 are the progress guarantee; together they say that the extended method raises (x,y,z)(x,y,z)(x,y,z) lexicographically and stops at a decision rule in F′′F''F′′.

Milestones

  • Theorem 3 (Blackwell): Vβ(f∞)=x(f)/(1−β)+y(f)+ϵ(β,f)V_\beta(f^\infty)=x(f)/(1-\beta)+y(f)+\epsilon(\beta,f)Vβ​(f∞)=x(f)/(1−β)+y(f)+ϵ(β,f) with ϵ(β,f)→0\epsilon(\beta,f)\to0ϵ(β,f)→0 as β→1−\beta\to1^-β→1−, and the unique-solution characterizations of x(f)x(f)x(f), y(f)y(f)y(f) (already posed on the platform, referenced).
  • Lemma 1 (Blackwell): g∈E(f)⇒x(g)=x(f)g\in E(f)\Rightarrow x(g)=x(f)g∈E(f)⇒x(g)=x(f), and y(g)=y(f)y(g)=y(f)y(g)=y(f) if moreover Q∗(g)Q∗(f)=Q∗(g)Q^*(g)Q^*(f)=Q^*(g)Q∗(g)Q∗(f)=Q∗(g) (referenced).
  • Theorem 1: for fixed 0≤β<10\le\beta<10≤β<1, exactly one of "f∞f^\inftyf∞ has no one-step improvement and is β\betaβ-optimal" and "some ggg gives Vβ(g,f∞)>Vβ(f∞)V_\beta(g,f^\infty)>V_\beta(f^\infty)Vβ​(g,f∞)>Vβ​(f∞) and Vβ(g∞)>Vβ(f∞)V_\beta(g^\infty)>V_\beta(f^\infty)Vβ​(g∞)>Vβ​(f∞)".
  • Theorem 4: F′′F''F′′ is the nonempty set of fff with f∞f^\inftyf∞ 1-optimal.
  • Theorem 5 and Corollary 1: G(f)=∅⇒f∈F′G(f)=\varnothing\Rightarrow f\in F'G(f)=∅⇒f∈F′; g∈G(f)⇒Vβ(g∞)>Vβ(f∞)g\in G(f)\Rightarrow V_\beta(g^\infty)>V_\beta(f^\infty)g∈G(f)⇒Vβ​(g∞)>Vβ​(f∞) for β\betaβ near one, hence the lexicographic increase of (x,y)(x,y)(x,y).
  • Lemma 4: for g∈E(f)g\in E(f)g∈E(f), y(g)=y(f)+w(g)y(g)=y(f)+w(g)y(g)=y(f)+w(g), where w(g)w(g)w(g) is the unique solution of [I−Q(g)]w=0[I-Q(g)]w=0[I−Q(g)]w=0, Q∗(g)w=Q∗(g)(−y(f))Q^*(g)w=Q^*(g)(-y(f))Q∗(g)w=Q∗(g)(−y(f)).
  • (12): z(f)z(f)z(f) is the unique solution of its system.
  • Lemma 5: G(f)=∅G(f)=\varnothingG(f)=∅ and y(f)≥y(g)y(f)\ge y(g)y(f)≥y(g) for all g∈E(f)g\in E(f)g∈E(f) imply f∈F′′f\in F''f∈F′′.
  • Two steps of the proof of Theorem 6: H(f)=∅⇒y(g)≤y(f)H(f)=\varnothing\Rightarrow y(g)\le y(f)H(f)=∅⇒y(g)≤y(f) on E(f)E(f)E(f); and g∈H(f)⇒w(g)>w(f)=0g\in H(f)\Rightarrow w(g)>w(f)=0g∈H(f)⇒w(g)>w(f)=0, or w(g)=w(f)=0w(g)=w(f)=0w(g)=w(f)=0 and z(g)>z(f)z(g)>z(f)z(g)>z(f).

Significance

Theorem 6 turns Blackwell's existence result into an algorithm. Blackwell's characterization requires maximizing the bias over F′F'F′, a set with no explicit description; Lemma 5 shows that maximizing over the explicitly available set E(f)E(f)E(f) suffices, and Lemma 4 shows that this maximization has the same form as the original gain maximization, so the familiar policy improvement machinery applies a second time. The same mechanism, iterated, gives the nnn-discount optimal policies of the later sensitivity theory and the lexicographic policy improvement algorithms in standard texts.

The results are proved in the paper (with a correction to the proof of Lemma 5 credited to Bruce Miller). They are not formalized in any proof assistant known to the mission. A complete development yields machine-checked policy improvement for average and bias optimality on top of the published Blackwell model, including the convergence-free closed forms of gain, bias and zzz and the facts about the limit matrix Q∗Q^*Q∗ and the deviation matrix they rest on.

Difficulty

Parts 1 and 3 are Blackwell's policy improvement for the gain, transported to Veinott's set G(f)G(f)G(f). The new content is in parts 2 and 4, and in both the obvious argument fails at the same place: the bias of g∈E(f)g\in E(f)g∈E(f) cannot be compared with the bias of fff by a state-by-state test in the original problem, because E(f)E(f)E(f) is a product of action sets E(s,f)E(s,f)E(s,f) different from the original ones, and Blackwell's comparison works only after a reduction to a problem in which the reward is −y(f)-y(f)−y(f) and the role of the gain is played by w(g)w(g)w(g). A second difficulty is Lemma 5: E(f)E(f)E(f) may be a proper subset of F′F'F′ (Example 3 of the paper), so maximizing the bias over E(f)E(f)E(f) does not obviously maximize it over F′F'F′. The certificate does not follow from the gain and bias tests at fff alone, and the paper's original proof of it contained an error (corrected, as the paper records, by Bruce Miller).

Formalization scope

Everything is built on the published Blackwell definitions (BlackwellDiscreteDP.NearOne.Model, LimitMatrix, GainBias): one finite action type available in every state (Veinott's AsA_sAs​ are all equal to it), decision rules St → Act, policies indexed from 000 (π 0 is f1f_1f1​), real vectors St → ℝ with the pointwise order, and VecGt for the paper's >>> (not coordinatewise strict). Q∗(f)Q^*(f)Q∗(f) is the published Cesàro limit lim⁡(N+1)−1∑i=0NQ(f)i\lim (N+1)^{-1}\sum_{i=0}^N Q(f)^ilim(N+1)−1∑i=0N​Q(f)i, the same limit as Veinott's N−1∑i=0N−1N^{-1}\sum_{i=0}^{N-1}N−1∑i=0N−1​. The gain and bias are the published closed forms x(f)=Q∗(f)r(f)x(f)=Q^*(f)r(f)x(f)=Q∗(f)r(f) and y(f)=H(f)r(f)y(f)=H(f)r(f)y(f)=H(f)r(f) with the deviation matrix H(f)H(f)H(f); the new vectors are closed forms too: w(g)=Q∗(g)(−y(f))w(g)=Q^*(g)(-y(f))w(g)=Q∗(g)(−y(f)) and z(f)=H(f)(−y(f))z(f)=H(f)(-y(f))z(f)=H(f)(−y(f)), and their characterizations by (10) and (12) are milestones. 1-optimality is the published IsNearlyOptimal, which compares against every policy. Veinott's set H(f)H(f)H(f) is HSet, to keep it apart from the deviation matrix Hf.

G(f)G(f)G(f) and H(f)H(f)H(f) are defined literally from the paper's inequalities, including the clauses "at least one strict" and "g(s)=f(s)g(s)=f(s)g(s)=f(s) where the tests are equalities". Dropping either clause makes parts 3 and 4 false (a ggg that only reshuffles ties would count as an improvement); replacing F′′F''F′′ or G(f)G(f)G(f) by a set defined through the conclusion of the theorem would make the goal trivial. Neither is acceptable.

The reduction "replace AsA_sAs​ by E(s,f)E(s,f)E(s,f) and r(g)r(g)r(g) by −y(f)-y(f)−y(f)" is not instantiated, since the published model has a single action set; its two uses in the proof of Theorem 6 are milestones stated in the original model. A development of the general model with state-dependent action sets, and of the limit-matrix identities Q∗Q=QQ∗=Q∗Q∗=Q∗Q^*Q=QQ^*=Q^*Q^*=Q^*Q∗Q=QQ∗=Q∗Q∗=Q∗, (I−Q)H=I−Q∗(I-Q)H=I-Q^*(I−Q)H=I−Q∗, Q∗H=0Q^*H=0Q∗H=0, would be reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as is a proof of the published Theorem 3 and Lemma 1, on which most of the mission rests.

Selected references

  • D. Blackwell, Discrete Dynamic Programming, Ann. Math. Statist. 33(2):719–726, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177704593
  • A. F. Veinott, Jr., On Finding Optimal Policies in Discrete Dynamic Programming with No Discounting, Ann. Math. Statist. 37(5):1284–1294, 1966. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177699272
  • R. A. Howard, Dynamic Programming and Markov Processes, MIT Press, 1960.
  • A. F. Veinott, Jr., Discount Optimality and Sensitive Optimality, Ann. Math. Statist. 40(5):1635–1660, 1969. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177697379
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
16 thms2 active usersReviewed
ProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Random Walks in a Random Environment 1: Transience to +∞, to −∞, or Recurrence According to Σ n⁻¹P(ρ_n > 1) < ∞, Σ n⁻¹P(ρ_n < 1) < ∞, or Both Infinite (E ln σ < 0, > 0, = 0)Research Paper

Motivation

A random walk on the integers in which the probability of stepping right depends on the current site is the simplest model of motion through a disordered medium: a particle diffusing in a crystal with impurities, a molecule moving along a heterogeneous polymer, or a gene frequency drifting under fluctuating selection. When the site-dependent probabilities are themselves drawn at random, the result is a random walk in a random environment (RWRE). Fred Solomon's 1975 paper [Solomon 1975] gave the first rigorous analysis of this model on Z\mathbb ZZ with independent, identically distributed site probabilities, and its recurrence criterion opened the subject now surveyed in [Zeitouni 2004].

Timeline. Chung [Chung 1960, pp. 65–71] gave the hitting probabilities and the recurrence/transience criterion for a nearest-neighbour chain on Z\mathbb ZZ with fixed, site-dependent transition probabilities. Fluctuation theory, as presented in Chung's A Course in Probability Theory [Chung 1968, Ch. 8], characterises when a sum of i.i.d. random variables drifts to −∞-\infty−∞, to +∞+\infty+∞, or oscillates, through the series ∑1nP(Sn>0)\sum\frac1nP(S_n>0)∑n1​P(Sn​>0) and ∑1nP(Sn<0)\sum\frac1nP(S_n<0)∑n1​P(Sn​<0). Solomon (1975) combined the two to classify the RWRE on Z\mathbb ZZ, and also computed its speed and exhibited sub-ballistic and non-Gaussian behaviour. Kesten, Kozlov and Spitzer (1975) [KKS 1975] identified stable limit laws in the transient sub-ballistic regime, and Sinai (1982) [Sinai 1982] found the (log⁡n)2(\log n)^2(logn)2 scaling of the recurrent case.

Setting

Let α=(αn)n∈Z\alpha=(\alpha_n)_{n\in\mathbb Z}α=(αn​)n∈Z​ be independent, identically distributed random variables with values in [0,1][0,1][0,1]. Given a fixed sequence a=(an)a=(a_n)a=(an​) in [0,1][0,1][0,1] (an environment), the chain MaM_aMa​ on Z\mathbb ZZ jumps from nnn to n+1n+1n+1 with probability ana_nan​ and to n−1n-1n−1 with probability βn=1−an\beta_n=1-a_nβn​=1−an​. The random walk in a random environment (Xn)n≥0(X_n)_{n\ge0}(Xn​)n≥0​ is the process obtained by first drawing α\alphaα and then running MαM_\alphaMα​ from X0=0X_0=0X0​=0; jointly,

P(α∈A, X0=x0,…,Xn=xn)=∫{α∈A}1{x0=0}∏k<nMα(xk,xk+1) dP.P(\alpha\in A,\ X_0=x_0,\dots,X_n=x_n)=\int_{\{\alpha\in A\}}\mathbf 1\{x_0=0\}\prod_{k<n}M_\alpha(x_k,x_{k+1})\,dP .P(α∈A, X0​=x0​,…,Xn​=xn​)=∫{α∈A}​1{x0​=0}k<n∏​Mα​(xk​,xk+1​)dP.

The walk is a Markov chain given the environment, but not after averaging over it. Define

σn=βnαn∈[0,∞],ρn=σ1⋯σn (n≥1),ρ−n=σ−1⋯σ−n (n≥1),\sigma_n=\frac{\beta_n}{\alpha_n}\in[0,\infty],\qquad \rho_n=\sigma_1\cdots\sigma_n\ (n\ge1),\qquad \rho_{-n}=\sigma_{-1}\cdots\sigma_{-n}\ (n\ge1),σn​=αn​βn​​∈[0,∞],ρn​=σ1​⋯σn​ (n≥1),ρ−n​=σ−1​⋯σ−n​ (n≥1),

and, for a fixed environment, the hitting probability fij=P(Xn=j for some n>0∣X0=i)f_{ij}=P(X_n=j\text{ for some }n>0\mid X_0=i)fij​=P(Xn​=j for some n>0∣X0​=i). The quantity E(ln⁡σ)E(\ln\sigma)E(lnσ) is defined when the expectation of the positive or of the negative part of ln⁡σ∈[−∞,∞]\ln\sigma\in[-\infty,\infty]lnσ∈[−∞,∞] is finite.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem (1.7)

Assume α0\alpha_0α0​ is not almost surely constant and either 0≤αn<10\le\alpha_n<10≤αn​<1 for all nnn or 0<αn≤10<\alpha_n\le10<αn​≤1 for all nnn. Then

∑n≥11nP(ρn>1)<∞⇒Xn→+∞,∑n≥11nP(ρn<1)<∞⇒Xn→−∞,\sum_{n\ge1}\tfrac1nP(\rho_n>1)<\infty\Rightarrow X_n\to+\infty,\qquad \sum_{n\ge1}\tfrac1nP(\rho_n<1)<\infty\Rightarrow X_n\to-\infty,n≥1∑​n1​P(ρn​>1)<∞⇒Xn​→+∞,n≥1∑​n1​P(ρn​<1)<∞⇒Xn​→−∞,

and if both series diverge, −∞=lim inf⁡Xn<lim sup⁡Xn=+∞-\infty=\liminf X_n<\limsup X_n=+\infty−∞=liminfXn​<limsupXn​=+∞, all almost surely. When E(ln⁡σ)E(\ln\sigma)E(lnσ) is defined, the three cases are exactly E(ln⁡σ)<0E(\ln\sigma)<0E(lnσ)<0, >0>0>0, =0=0=0.

Milestones

Theorem (0.1): almost-sure properties of the walk in almost every fixed environment transfer to the RWRE. Lemma (1.1)(i)–(ii): the hitting probabilities fijf_{ij}fij​ in a fixed environment with 0<an<10<a_n<10<an​<1, as ratios of series in σ\sigmaσ. Lemma (1.5): in a fixed environment, ∑(ρ−n)−1\sum(\rho_{-n})^{-1}∑(ρ−n​)−1 and ∑ρn\sum\rho_n∑ρn​ decide transience to +∞+\infty+∞, to −∞-\infty−∞, or recurrence. Lemma (1.6): fluctuation theory for i.i.d. sums, including the summability of eSne^{S_n}eSn​. Two claims from the proof of (1.7) (p. 5): the boundary cases where αn\alpha_nαn​ equals 111 or 000 with positive probability, and the equivalence E(ln⁡σ)<0  ⟺  Sn→−∞  ⟺  ∑1nP(ρn>1)<∞E(\ln\sigma)<0\iff S_n\to-\infty\iff\sum\frac1nP(\rho_n>1)<\inftyE(lnσ)<0⟺Sn​→−∞⟺∑n1​P(ρn​>1)<∞ for Sn=ln⁡σ1+⋯+ln⁡σnS_n=\ln\sigma_1+\dots+\ln\sigma_nSn​=lnσ1​+⋯+lnσn​. A companion item asserts that the RWRE exists for every law of α0\alpha_0α0​ on [0,1][0,1][0,1].

Significance

The theorem classifies the long-run behaviour of the RWRE on Z\mathbb ZZ by a condition on the law of a single site variable, with no moment assumption. It shows that the averaged drift Eα0−Eβ0E\alpha_0-E\beta_0Eα0​−Eβ0​ is not the right quantity: a walk can be recurrent or transient to the left while its average step is positive, because the criterion involves Eln⁡σE\ln\sigmaElnσ, a geometric rather than arithmetic mean. The criterion is the starting point for the speed law (Theorem (1.16) of the same paper), for the limit laws of Kesten–Kozlov–Spitzer and Sinai, and for the large-deviation theory of RWRE.

Solomon's results are proved; none of them, nor the fixed-environment criterion of Chung, is formalized in Lean. This mission produces machine-checked statements of the full trichotomy including the boundary cases σ∈{0,∞}\sigma\in\{0,\infty\}σ∈{0,∞}, of the classical hitting-probability formulas for birth–death chains on Z\mathbb ZZ, and of the fluctuation-theory criterion with infinite-valued expectations allowed.

Difficulty

The naive approach applies the law of large numbers to XnX_nXn​; it fails because the increments Xj−Xj−1X_{j}-X_{j-1}Xj​−Xj−1​ are neither independent nor stationary once the environment is averaged out. The argument must instead pass through a fixed environment, where the criterion of Lemma (1.5) involves the full random series ∑ρn\sum\rho_n∑ρn​ and ∑ρ−n−1\sum\rho_{-n}^{-1}∑ρ−n−1​, and then decide when these series converge almost surely. That step requires fluctuation theory for ln⁡ρn=∑k≤nln⁡σk\ln\rho_n=\sum_{k\le n}\ln\sigma_klnρn​=∑k≤n​lnσk​, a random walk whose steps may be infinite and may have no mean. In Lean, the main missing infrastructure is the fluctuation-theory criterion ∑1nP(Sn>0)<∞  ⟺  Sn→−∞\sum\frac1nP(S_n>0)<\infty\iff S_n\to-\infty∑n1​P(Sn​>0)<∞⟺Sn​→−∞, which Mathlib does not have, and the transfer from quenched to annealed statements for a process defined only through its cylinder laws.

Formalization scope

Everything lives in the namespace SolomonRWRE.Recurrence. The fixed-environment chain is IsChainInEnv P a i X, specified by its cylinder probabilities. The RWRE is IsRWRE P α X on an arbitrary probability space: measurable αn\alpha_nαn​ with values in [0,1][0,1][0,1] at every outcome, iIndepFun α P, identically distributed, and the joint cylinder law above. σn\sigma_nσn​, ρn\rho_nρn​, fijf_{ij}fij​ and all series are in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] (ℝ≥0∞), so "<∞<\infty<∞" and "=∞=\infty=∞" are literal; series over n≥1n\ge1n≥1 are indexed by n+1n+1n+1 in Lean. ln⁡σ\ln\sigmalnσ and SnS_nSn​ are extended reals, E(ln⁡σ)E(\ln\sigma)E(lnσ) is the difference of two lower Lebesgue integrals, and "defined" means one of them is finite. Recurrence is always stated in the paper's "in fact" form: lim inf⁡Xn=−∞\liminf X_n=-\inftyliminfXn​=−∞ and lim sup⁡Xn=+∞\limsup X_n=+\inftylimsupXn​=+∞. "Correspond respectively" is formalized as three equivalences between the series conditions and the sign conditions.

Two trivializing formalizations are ruled out. Without nondegeneracy (α≡12\alpha\equiv\frac12α≡21​) both series vanish and (i), (ii) would contradict each other; the hypothesis is part of every statement that needs it. A cylinder law that cannot be met would make every theorem vacuous; a sorry-free check confirms that the environment α≡1\alpha\equiv1α≡1 with Xn=nX_n=nXn​=n satisfies IsRWRE, and the companion item asserts existence for every law of α0\alpha_0α0​. The page's alternative "0≤αn<10\le\alpha_n<10≤αn​<1 for all nnn or 0<αn≤10<\alpha_n\le10<αn​≤1 for all nnn" is kept, since a single range [0,1][0,1][0,1] would let 0⋅∞=00\cdot\infty=00⋅∞=0 change ρn\rho_nρn​.

Needed infrastructure: hitting probabilities of birth–death chains (reusable for any nearest-neighbour chain), the fluctuation-theory criterion for i.i.d. sums with extended values (reusable throughout applied probability), and a quenched-to-annealed transfer lemma. Contributions to any of these are welcome.

Selected references

  • F. Solomon, Random walks in a random environment, The Annals of Probability 3(1):1–31, 1975. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996444
  • K. L. Chung, Markov Chains with Stationary Transition Probabilities, Springer, Berlin, 1960 (pp. 65–71; reference [1] of Solomon 1975, https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996444).
  • K. L. Chung, A Course in Probability Theory, Harcourt, Brace and World, New York, 1968 (Ch. 8; reference [2] of Solomon 1975, https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996444).
  • H. Kesten, M. V. Kozlov, F. Spitzer, A limit law for random walk in a random environment, Compositio Mathematica 30(2):145–168, 1975. http://www.numdam.org/item/CM_1975__30_2_145_0/
  • Ya. G. Sinai, The limiting behavior of a one-dimensional random walk in a random medium, Theory of Probability and its Applications 27(2):256–268, 1982. https://doi.org/10.1137/1127028
  • O. Zeitouni, Random walks in random environment, Lectures on Probability Theory and Statistics (Saint-Flour 2001), Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1837, Springer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-39874-5_2
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingLinear OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Linear Programming and Sequential Decisions: An Optimal Solution of the Equilibrium LP Yields a Stationary Decision Rule of Least Expected Monthly CostResearch Paper

Motivation

Alan S. Manne's Linear Programming and Sequential Decisions (Management Science 6(3), 1960, pp. 259–267) is the first formulation of an infinite-horizon, average-cost sequential decision problem as a linear program. The illustration is a single-item inventory problem, but the construction, with unknowns indexed by a state and a decision and constraints expressing statistical equilibrium, became the standard state–action frequency linear program of Markov decision processes. Later LP approaches to average-cost Markov decision processes, including constrained ones, build on it.

Timeline of the LP approach to average-cost problems:

  • 1960 — Manne: the inventory model as a linear program in the joint probabilities of (stock level, production quantity); mixed strategies allowed; the decision rule is read off as a conditional probability.
  • 1960 — H. M. Wagner, in a companion note in the same issue, shows that an optimal solution consisting of pure strategies exists.
  • 1962 — C. Derman (Management Science 9(1), 1962) gives the general finite-state, finite-action version, assuming every stationary randomized rule yields an irreducible chain.
  • 1960 — F. d'Epenoux (Revue Française de Recherche Opérationnelle 4, No. 14; English translation 1963) treats the discounted criterion by linear programming, as Manne's closing note records.

Setting

A positive integer TTT bounds inventory accumulation; the stock levels are 0,1,…,T0,1,\dots,T0,1,…,T. At the start of a month the initial stock iii is observed and a production quantity jjj is chosen; the available stock is k=i+jk=i+jk=i+j. The month's demand n∈{0,1,2,… }n\in\{0,1,2,\dots\}n∈{0,1,2,…} is independent of everything else and has law pnp_npn​. Backlogs are excluded, so the terminal stock is t=max⁡(0,k−n)t=\max(0,k-n)t=max(0,k−n), which becomes the next initial stock. A finite set AAA of admissible pairs (i,j)(i,j)(i,j), all with i+j≤Ti+j\le Ti+j≤T and containing (i,0)(i,0)(i,0) for every i≤Ti\le Ti≤T, lists the decisions available at each stock level. Costs are three arbitrary real functions: C1(i)C_1(i)C1​(i) of the initial stock, C2(j)C_2(j)C2​(j) of the production quantity, and C3(n−k)C_3(n-k)C3​(n−k) of the shortage level.

A stationary randomized decision rule q(j∣i)q(j\mid i)q(j∣i) is a conditional probability of producing jjj at stock iii, supported on admissible pairs. It makes the initial stock a Markov chain. A statistical equilibrium of qqq is a stationary distribution y=(y0,…,yT)y=(y_0,\dots,y_T)y=(y0​,…,yT​) of that chain: the law y′y'y′ of the terminal stock equals the law yyy of the initial stock, (2). The expected monthly cost (1) of qqq in the equilibrium yyy is

EC1(i)+EC2(j)+EC3(n−k),\mathcal EC_1(i)+\mathcal EC_2(j)+\mathcal EC_3(n-k),EC1​(i)+EC2​(j)+EC3​(n−k),

the expectation taken under the joint law yi q(j∣i) pny_i\,q(j\mid i)\,p_nyi​q(j∣i)pn​ of (initial stock, production, demand).

The linear program has one unknown xijx_{ij}xij​ per admissible pair, the joint probability of (initial stock iii, production jjj). Its constraints are xij≥0x_{ij}\ge0xij​≥0, (4) ∑i,jxij=1\sum_{i,j}x_{ij}=1∑i,j​xij​=1, and the equilibrium equations

(8.t)∑jxtj=∑i,j,n:i+j−n=tpnxij(t=1,…,T),\text{(8.t)}\qquad \sum_j x_{tj}=\sum_{\substack{i,j,n:\\ i+j-n=t}}p_nx_{ij}\qquad(t=1,\dots,T),(8.t)j∑​xtj​=i,j,n:i+j−n=t​∑​pn​xij​(t=1,…,T),

and its objective (9) is ∑i,jcijxij\sum_{i,j}c_{ij}x_{ij}∑i,j​cij​xij​ with the cost coefficients (10)

cij=C1(i)+C2(j)+∑npnC3(n−i−j).c_{ij}=C_1(i)+C_2(j)+\sum_np_nC_3(n-i-j).cij​=C1​(i)+C2​(j)+n∑​pn​C3​(n−i−j).

The companion equation (8.0) for t=0t=0t=0 has right-hand side ∑i+j−n≤0pnxij\sum_{i+j-n\le0}p_nx_{ij}∑i+j−n≤0​pn​xij​ and is omitted from the constraints. A feasible xxx is decoded into yi=∑jxijy_i=\sum_jx_{ij}yi​=∑j​xij​ and q(j∣i)=xij/yiq(j\mid i)=x_{ij}/y_iq(j∣i)=xij​/yi​.

Formalization targets

The paper labels no theorem or lemma. The goal is assembled from §1 (third paragraph), §3 (N.B.), §4 (last two paragraphs), §5 and §7 (3), and every milestone is cited by section, display, table or footnote.

Goal: an LP optimum gives an optimal stationary rule

Assume ∑npn∣C3(n−i−j)∣<∞\sum_np_n|C_3(n-i-j)|<\infty∑n​pn​∣C3​(n−i−j)∣<∞ for every admissible pair. Then the linear program has an optimal solution, and for every optimal solution x∗x^*x∗, with decoding (q∗,y∗)(q^*,y^*)(q∗,y∗), q∗q^*q∗ is a stationary randomized rule, y∗y^*y∗ is a statistical equilibrium of q∗q^*q∗, and

Cost(q∗,y∗)=∑i,jcijxij∗≤Cost(q,y)\mathrm{Cost}(q^*,y^*)=\sum_{i,j}c_{ij}x^*_{ij}\le \mathrm{Cost}(q,y)Cost(q∗,y∗)=i,j∑​cij​xij∗​≤Cost(q,y)

for every stationary randomized rule qqq and every statistical equilibrium yyy of qqq.

Milestones

  1. (7): under a rule in a distribution yyy, the law of the terminal stock is the right-hand side of (7)/(8) evaluated at xij=yiq(j∣i)x_{ij}=y_iq(j\mid i)xij​=yi​q(j∣i).
  2. (8.0)–(8.T): a rule in statistical equilibrium yields a point satisfying x≥0x\ge0x≥0, (4) and all of (8.0)–(8.T).
  3. (8.0) is redundant: (4) and (8.1)–(8.T) imply (8.0).
  4. §3, N.B.: every feasible xxx equals yiq(j∣i)y_iq(j\mid i)yi​q(j∣i) for its decoding (q,y)(q,y)(q,y), with yyy an equilibrium of qqq.
  5. (10): the expected monthly cost (1) under the joint law xijpnx_{ij}p_nxij​pn​ equals ∑cijxij\sum c_{ij}x_{ij}∑cij​xij​.
  6. Table 1: the cost coefficients of the §6 example (T=3T=3T=3, p=(2/3,0,1/3)p=(2/3,0,1/3)p=(2/3,0,1/3), C1(i)=iC_1(i)=iC1​(i)=i, C2(j)=3jC_2(j)=3jC2​(j)=3j, C3(m)=max⁡[0,6m]C_3(m)=\max[0,6m]C3​(m)=max[0,6m], j∈{0,1}j\in\{0,1\}j∈{0,1}) are 4,5,3,4,2,5,34,5,3,4,2,5,34,5,3,4,2,5,3.
  7. Table 2, footnote 3: x01=1/3x_{01}=1/3x01​=1/3, x11=2/9x_{11}=2/9x11​=2/9, x20=4/9x_{20}=4/9x20​=4/9 is optimal with cost 31/931/931/9; the do-nothing solution costs 444.
  8. Footnote 5: the implicit prices −7/3,−13/3,−11/3-7/3,-13/3,-11/3−7/3,−13/3,−11/3 of (8.1)–(8.3), with 31/931/931/9 on (4), are an optimal dual solution.

Significance

The result turns an infinite-horizon control problem into a finite linear program. Equilibrium joint laws of (state, decision) under stationary randomized rules are exactly the feasible points of a polytope, and the average cost is linear on it. Consequences include computability by the simplex method; an economic reading of the dual variables (Manne's footnote 5 interprets them as the relative advantage of starting at a given stock level, related to Bellman's functional equation); and, in later work, the treatment of side constraints, which dynamic programming handles poorly.

The result is classical and proved in the paper (largely by inspection of the definitions). It has not been formalized. The formalization adds three things. First, a precise statement of what is optimized when the chain of a rule is not irreducible: the paper's §7 (3) concedes that a "decomposable" optimum makes the equilibrium depend on initial conditions, and the goal resolves this by optimizing over (rule, equilibrium) pairs. Second, an explicit treatment of the stock levels the equilibrium never visits, where the paper's quotient xij/∑jxijx_{ij}/\sum_jx_{ij}xij​/∑j​xij​ is undefined. Third, a machine-checked numerical example whose LP is derived from the general definitions, not entered by hand. Derman's later irreducible-case version exists on the platform as a separate open statement; this mission covers Manne's irreducibility-free version on state-dependent action sets.

Difficulty

Each step is elementary; the work is bookkeeping across three descriptions of the same object. The equilibrium is defined through the transition kernel of the controlled chain, the LP through the displayed sums over (i,j,n)(i,j,n)(i,j,n) with conditions i+j−n≤0i+j-n\le0i+j−n≤0 and i+j−n=ti+j-n=ti+j−n=t, and the cost through the joint law of three variables. Identifying them needs a reindexing of the admissible pairs by stock level, the interchange of a finite sum with an infinite sum over demands, and ∑npn=1\sum_np_n=1∑n​pn​=1. The naive argument "the LP constraints are the equilibrium equations, so the LP optimum is the optimal rule" skips two points. The constraints omit (8.0), so equilibrium at stock level 000 must be recovered from (4) and the bound i+j≤Ti+j\le Ti+j≤T. And the decoding fails at unvisited stock levels unless a default action is supplied. Existence of an LP optimum requires compactness of the feasible polytope, not just its nonemptiness.

Formalization scope

All statements live in the namespace ManneLP.Equilibrium. Conventions:

  • Stock levels and production quantities are natural numbers; a model carries T>0T>0T>0, the admissible set AAA (a Finset (ℕ × ℕ) with i+j≤Ti+j\le Ti+j≤T and every (i,0)∈A(i,0)\in A(i,0)∈A), a demand law p:N→Rp:\mathbb N\to\mathbb Rp:N→R with pn≥0p_n\ge0pn​≥0 and HasSum p 1, and costs C1,C2:N→RC_1,C_2:\mathbb N\to\mathbb RC1​,C2​:N→R, C3:Z→RC_3:\mathbb Z\to\mathbb RC3​:Z→R. The shortage level n−i−jn-i-jn−i−j is an integer; no convexity, sign or monotonicity of the costs is assumed.
  • The admissible set is a parameter: §6 imposes a capacity limit j≤1j\le1j≤1. Reading of the page: i+j≤Ti+j\le Ti+j≤T is how §2's requirement max⁡(0,k−n)≤T\max(0,k-n)\le Tmax(0,k−n)≤T holds whatever the demand; (i,0)∈A(i,0)\in A(i,0)∈A (producing nothing is possible) is implicit in §2.
  • The terminal stock is computed by truncated subtraction in N\mathbb NN, which equals max⁡(0,k−n)\max(0,k-n)max(0,k−n). Sums over demands are tsums; the demand is not assumed bounded. The goal and the cost identity assume the expected shortage cost at each admissible pair is finite (absolutely summable), which the page takes for granted.
  • A statistical equilibrium is a stationary distribution of the chain of the rule, defined from the transition probabilities, not from (8). The expected monthly cost is defined from the joint law of (stock, production, demand), not as ∑cijxij\sum c_{ij}x_{ij}∑cij​xij​. The LP constraint set omits (8.0), exactly as the page does.
  • The decoded rule uses the default action j=0j=0j=0 at stock levels with ∑jxij=0\sum_jx_{ij}=0∑j​xij​=0; any admissible default would do.
  • Table 2's x30=εx_{30}=\varepsilonx30​=ε is the paper's device against degeneracy; the example's solution has x30=0x_{30}=0x30​=0. Footnote 5 prints no price for (4); 31/931/931/9 is the price forced by equal objectives, and the dual optimum is not claimed unique.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: equilibrium is not defined as (8) (which would make milestone 2 vacuous), (8.0) is not a constraint (which would make milestone 3 vacuous), the cost is not defined as ∑cijxij\sum c_{ij}x_{ij}∑cij​xij​ (which would make milestone 5 and the goal's cost clause definitional), and the optimality comparison ranges over all rules and all of their equilibria, not over irreducible chains or pure rules.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones and the goal; computations of the §6 example from the general definitions; reusable lemmas on stationary distributions of finite stochastic matrices and on the existence of LP optima over compact polytopes.

Selected references

  • A. S. Manne, Linear Programming and Sequential Decisions, Management Science 6(3), 259–267, 1960. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.6.3.259
  • H. M. Wagner, On the Optimality of Pure Strategies, Management Science 6(3), 268–269, 1960. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.6.3.268
  • C. Derman, On Sequential Decisions and Markov Chains, Management Science 9(1), 16–24, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.9.1.16
  • F. d'Epenoux, A Probabilistic Production and Inventory Problem, Management Science 10(1), 98–108, 1963 (translation of the 1960 French paper). https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.10.1.98
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
CombinatoricsProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Generalized “Birth-and-Death” Process 2: For Constant Rates λ₀ ≤ μ₀ the Cumulative Population M_∞ Has Law Q_M = ((λ₀+μ₀)/2λ₀)(2M)! x^M/(2^{2M}(M!)²(2M−1))Research Paper

Motivation

A birth-and-death process describes a population in which each individual independently gives birth and dies at given rates. Kendall's 1948 paper (doi:10.1214/aoms/1177730285) solved the process with arbitrary time-dependent rates and, in its §4, introduced a second random variable alongside the population size: the cumulative population MtM_tMt​, the number of individuals that have ever been alive up to time ttt. Kendall gives two readings. If ntn_tnt​ is the number of current cases of a disease, MtM_tMt​ is the total number of cases recorded so far, and for an epidemic that is almost certain to die out, M∞M_\inftyM∞​ measures its overall severity. If ntn_tnt​ is the viable count of a bacterial population, MtM_tMt​ is the total count, in which living and dead organisms are not distinguished.

The question of this mission is the exact distribution of M∞M_\inftyM∞​ for the simplest transient process, with constant rates. Kendall answers it in §5 by solving a first-order partial differential equation for the joint generating function of (nt,Mt)(n_t, M_t)(nt​,Mt​). The resulting law involves central binomial coefficients, the same numbers that count the total progeny of a critical binary branching process.

Setting

Let λ0>0\lambda_0 > 0λ0​>0 and μ0>0\mu_0 > 0μ0​>0 be constants. In the simple birth-and-death process with these rates, a population of size nnn moves to n+1n + 1n+1 at rate λ0n\lambda_0 nλ0​n and to n−1n - 1n−1 at rate μ0n\mu_0 nμ0​n. It starts from one ancestor, n0=1n_0 = 1n0​=1. The cumulative population MtM_tMt​ starts at M0=n0=1M_0 = n_0 = 1M0​=n0​=1 and shares all the positive jumps of ntn_tnt​, so it never decreases. The process is transient (dies out with probability one) when λ0≤μ0\lambda_0 \le \mu_0λ0​≤μ0​.

Write Pn,M(t)P_{n,M}(t)Pn,M​(t) for the joint law of (nt,Mt)(n_t, M_t)(nt​,Mt​) and

ψ(z,w,t)=∑n=0∞∑M=0∞Pn,M(t) znwM\psi(z, w, t) = \sum_{n=0}^\infty\sum_{M=0}^\infty P_{n,M}(t)\,z^n w^Mψ(z,w,t)=n=0∑∞​M=0∑∞​Pn,M​(t)znwM

for its generating function (30). Kendall shows that ψ\psiψ satisfies

∂ψ∂t={λ0wz2−(λ0+μ0)z+μ0}∂ψ∂z,ψ(z,w,0)=zw,(31–32)\frac{\partial\psi}{\partial t} = \{\lambda_0 w z^2 - (\lambda_0 + \mu_0) z + \mu_0\}\frac{\partial\psi}{\partial z}, \qquad \psi(z, w, 0) = zw, \tag{31–32}∂t∂ψ​={λ0​wz2−(λ0​+μ0​)z+μ0​}∂z∂ψ​,ψ(z,w,0)=zw,(31–32)

and solves it with the roots α<β\alpha < \betaα<β of the quadratic (49), λ0wz2−(λ0+μ0)z+μ0=0\lambda_0 w z^2 - (\lambda_0 + \mu_0) z + \mu_0 = 0λ0​wz2−(λ0​+μ0​)z+μ0​=0:

ψ(z,w,t)=w α(β−z)+β(z−α)e−λ0w(β−α)t(β−z)+(z−α)e−λ0w(β−α)t.(50)\psi(z, w, t) = w\,\frac{\alpha(\beta - z) + \beta(z - \alpha)e^{-\lambda_0 w(\beta - \alpha)t}}{(\beta - z) + (z - \alpha)e^{-\lambda_0 w(\beta - \alpha)t}}. \tag{50}ψ(z,w,t)=w(β−z)+(z−α)e−λ0​w(β−α)tα(β−z)+β(z−α)e−λ0​w(β−α)t​.(50)

Setting z=1z = 1z=1 forgets ntn_tnt​, so ψ(1,w,t)\psi(1, w, t)ψ(1,w,t) generates the law of MtM_tMt​. Finally

x=4λ0μ0(λ0+μ0)2,QM=λ0+μ02λ0 (2M)!22M(M!)2 xM2M−1(M=1,2,3,… ).(52–53)x = \frac{4\lambda_0\mu_0}{(\lambda_0 + \mu_0)^2}, \qquad Q_M = \frac{\lambda_0 + \mu_0}{2\lambda_0}\,\frac{(2M)!}{2^{2M}(M!)^2}\,\frac{x^M}{2M - 1}\quad(M = 1, 2, 3, \dots). \tag{52–53}x=(λ0​+μ0​)24λ0​μ0​​,QM​=2λ0​λ0​+μ0​​22M(M!)2(2M)!​2M−1xM​(M=1,2,3,…).(52–53)

The Lean names are disc, alpha, beta, psi, x, Q and SolvesPDE, in the namespace KendallBD.Cumul.

Formalization targets

Goal: the law of the cumulative population (§5, (50)–(53), p. 11)

For 0<λ0≤μ00 < \lambda_0 \le \mu_00<λ0​≤μ0​:

  1. for every w∈(0,1)w \in (0, 1)w∈(0,1), ψ\psiψ of (50) satisfies (31) at every z∈[0,1]z \in [0, 1]z∈[0,1], t≥0t \ge 0t≥0, and ψ(z,w,0)=zw\psi(z, w, 0) = zwψ(z,w,0)=zw;
  2. for every w∈(0,1)w \in (0, 1)w∈(0,1),
lim⁡t→∞ψ(1,w,t)=∑M≥1QMwM;\lim_{t\to\infty}\psi(1, w, t) = \sum_{M \ge 1} Q_M w^M;t→∞lim​ψ(1,w,t)=M≥1∑​QM​wM;
  1. QM≥0Q_M \ge 0QM​≥0 and ∑M≥1QM=1\sum_{M\ge1} Q_M = 1∑M≥1​QM​=1.

Milestones (pp. 10–11)

  • (49): for 0<w<10 < w < 10<w<1 the roots satisfy 0<α<1<β0 < \alpha < 1 < \beta0<α<1<β.
  • (50): ψ\psiψ solves (31) with the boundary condition (32).
  • (51): ψ(1,w,∞)=wα=[λ0+μ0−(λ0+μ0)2−4λ0μ0w]/(2λ0)\psi(1, w, \infty) = w\alpha = [\lambda_0 + \mu_0 - \sqrt{(\lambda_0 + \mu_0)^2 - 4\lambda_0\mu_0 w}]/(2\lambda_0)ψ(1,w,∞)=wα=[λ0​+μ0​−(λ0​+μ0​)2−4λ0​μ0​w​]/(2λ0​).

Companions

  • (54): (Q1,Q2,Q3,Q4)=μ0λ0+μ0(1,14x,18x2,564x3)(Q_1, Q_2, Q_3, Q_4) = \frac{\mu_0}{\lambda_0 + \mu_0}(1, \frac14 x, \frac18 x^2, \frac{5}{64}x^3)(Q1​,Q2​,Q3​,Q4​)=λ0​+μ0​μ0​​(1,41​x,81​x2,645​x3).
  • (48): for λ0<μ0\lambda_0 < \mu_0λ0​<μ0​ the law has mean μ0/(μ0−λ0)\mu_0/(\mu_0 - \lambda_0)μ0​/(μ0​−λ0​) and variance λ0μ0(λ0+μ0)/(μ0−λ0)3\lambda_0\mu_0(\lambda_0 + \mu_0)/(\mu_0 - \lambda_0)^3λ0​μ0​(λ0​+μ0​)/(μ0​−λ0​)3.
  • The balanced case λ0=μ0\lambda_0 = \mu_0λ0​=μ0​: x=1x = 1x=1, QMQ_MQM​ decays like M−3/2M^{-3/2}M−3/2, and the mean of M∞M_\inftyM∞​ is infinite.

Significance

The result. The law (52) gives the full distribution of the total size of a transient linear birth-and-death population, not only its moments: the probability Q1=μ0/(λ0+μ0)Q_1 = \mu_0/(\lambda_0 + \mu_0)Q1​=μ0​/(λ0​+μ0​) that the ancestor dies childless, the tail behaviour, and the dichotomy between the subcritical case (finite mean μ0/(μ0−λ0)\mu_0/(\mu_0 - \lambda_0)μ0​/(μ0​−λ0​), geometric-type tail with ratio x<1x < 1x<1) and the critical case (heavy M−3/2M^{-3/2}M−3/2 tail, infinite mean). In the epidemic reading this is the distribution of the final size of a minor outbreak; it is also the total-progeny law of the embedded binary Galton–Watson tree (Harris 1963).

Formalizing it. The result is classical and proved, but it is not formalized anywhere known to this mission. A formal proof would combine three separate pieces: the explicit solution of a first-order PDE by characteristics, checked as a classical solution on the region where a probability generating function lives; a limit t→∞t \to \inftyt→∞ that selects one root of a quadratic; and the binomial series of 1−1−y1 - \sqrt{1 - y}1−1−y​ together with its boundary value at y=1y = 1y=1. The companions make the moments (48), which §4 derives by a separate route, a consequence of the law.

Difficulty

Checking that (50) satisfies (31) is calculus once the derivatives exist. The obstacles are elsewhere. First, the roots must be ordered as 0<α<1<β0 < \alpha < 1 < \beta0<α<1<β, which fails at w=1w = 1w=1 when λ0<μ0\lambda_0 < \mu_0λ0​<μ0​ (the roots are then 111 and μ0/λ0\mu_0/\lambda_0μ0​/λ0​): every statement about α\alphaα, β\betaβ, ψ\psiψ has to be made for 0<w<10 < w < 10<w<1, and the law is identified from the power series on that interval. Second, the normalization ∑QM=1\sum Q_M = 1∑QM​=1 is a statement at the boundary y=xw=xy = xw = xy=xw=x of the series for 1−1−y1 - \sqrt{1 - y}1−1−y​; at λ0=μ0\lambda_0 = \mu_0λ0​=μ0​ this is y=1y = 1y=1, the edge of the disc of convergence, where convergence of the series is not automatic and where the value 1−x=(μ0−λ0)/(λ0+μ0)\sqrt{1 - x} = (\mu_0 - \lambda_0)/(\lambda_0 + \mu_0)1−x​=(μ0​−λ0​)/(λ0​+μ0​) uses λ0≤μ0\lambda_0 \le \mu_0λ0​≤μ0​. For λ0>μ0\lambda_0 > \mu_0λ0​>μ0​ the same series sums to μ0/λ0<1\mu_0/\lambda_0 < 1μ0​/λ0​<1, so the hypothesis is essential. Third, the asymptotic M−3/2M^{-3/2}M−3/2 in the balanced case needs the asymptotics of central binomial coefficients.

Formalization scope

All objects are real functions; the process and the joint law Pn,M(t)P_{n,M}(t)Pn,M​(t) are not constructed, exactly as in the paper. "The law of M∞M_\inftyM∞​" is read, as on p. 11, as the coefficients of the generating function lim⁡t→∞ψ(1,w,t)\lim_{t\to\infty}\psi(1, w, t)limt→∞​ψ(1,w,t), and ψ\psiψ is tied to the process through the equation (31) and the boundary condition (32). The committed conventions are:

  • constant rates 0<λ0≤μ00 < \lambda_0 \le \mu_00<λ0​≤μ0​ (strict λ0<μ0\lambda_0 < \mu_0λ0​<μ0​ for the moment companion, λ0=μ0\lambda_0 = \mu_0λ0​=μ0​ for the balanced companion);
  • α\alphaα and β\betaβ are given by the quadratic formula, α\alphaα with the minus sign, Real.sqrt the nonnegative root;
  • statements about α\alphaα, β\betaβ, ψ\psiψ hold for w∈(0,1)w \in (0, 1)w∈(0,1); (31) is asserted for z∈[0,1]z \in [0, 1]z∈[0,1], t≥0t \ge 0t≥0, and the boundary condition for every real zzz;
  • (31) is SolvesPDE: both partial derivatives exist as HasDerivAt facts and satisfy the equation, never an equation between deriv values;
  • Q0=0Q_0 = 0Q0​=0 (since M∞≥M0=1M_\infty \ge M_0 = 1M∞​≥M0​=1), and QMQ_MQM​ keeps the printed shape (2M)!/(22M(M!)2)(2M)!/(2^{2M}(M!)^2)(2M)!/(22M(M!)2) with 2M−12M - 12M−1 in the reals;
  • "infinite mean" is non-summability of ∑MQM\sum M Q_M∑MQM​; the variance is stated through the second moment.

A goal that only asserted the power series identity 1−1−y=∑M≥1(2M)!22M(M!)2(2M−1)yM1 - \sqrt{1 - y} = \sum_{M\ge1}\frac{(2M)!}{2^{2M}(M!)^2(2M-1)}y^M1−1−y​=∑M≥1​22M(M!)2(2M−1)(2M)!​yM would be a different and easier theorem with no birth-and-death content; the goal therefore ties QMQ_MQM​ to ψ\psiψ of (50) and ψ\psiψ to the equation (31)–(32).

A complete development needs the binomial series for 1−y\sqrt{1 - y}1−y​ with real coefficients (Mathlib has Nat.centralBinom and general binomial series, and the platform has the generating function of the central binomial coefficients as a proof tool), the boundary behaviour of a power series with nonnegative coefficients, and Stirling-type asymptotics of (2MM)4−M\binom{2M}{M}4^{-M}(M2M​)4−M. These are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions proving any milestone or companion, or the series lemma on its own, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. G. Kendall, On the generalized "birth-and-death" process, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 19(1):1–15, 1948. doi:10.1214/aoms/1177730285
  • T. E. Harris, The Theory of Branching Processes, Springer, 1963. doi:10.1007/978-3-642-51866-9
5 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingLinear OptimizationOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Linear Programming and Finite Markovian Control Problems VII: Bias Optimality — Four Equivalent Characterizations of a Bias Optimal Pure Stationary PolicyTextbook

Why bias optimality matters

A finite Markov decision problem can have several policies with the same long-run average reward even though they behave differently before reaching a recurrent class. Average reward discards a finite initial advantage: dividing total reward by the horizon sends any fixed transient contribution to zero. In applications where the process runs for a long but unspecified time, this leaves a genuine choice among average-optimal policies. Bias optimality uses discounted values as the discount factor approaches one to resolve that choice. Kallenberg develops the criterion in Chapter 5 of Linear Programming and Finite Markovian Control Problems, following Blackwell's earlier notion of a nearly optimal policy.

The chapter asks for a way to recognize a bias optimal policy without comparing it directly with every possible sequence of history-dependent, randomized decisions. Its central characterization, Theorem 5.2.2, gives three tests involving only pure stationary policies. That change in the comparison class matters: there are finitely many pure stationary rules, while a general policy may depend on an unbounded history. The theorem also explains why average optimality alone leaves policies untied only at the gain level, while their bias vectors can differ. The two-state example in Figure 5.2.1 exhibits an average-optimal stationary rule that is not bias optimal (Kallenberg, pp. 163–164).

The finite decision model

The state space is E={1,…,N}E=\{1,\ldots,N\}E={1,…,N} with N>0N>0N>0. Each state iii has its own finite, nonempty set A(i)A(i)A(i) of admissible actions. Choosing a∈A(i)a\in A(i)a∈A(i) earns the real reward riar_{ia}ria​ immediately and moves to state jjj with probability piajp_{iaj}piaj​. The rows are stochastic: piaj≥0p_{iaj}\ge0piaj​≥0 and ∑jpiaj=1\sum_jp_{iaj}=1∑j​piaj​=1. This is the chapter's standing assumption, stated at the opening of §5.2 (Kallenberg, p. 162).

A policy R∈CR\in CR∈C assigns a probability distribution on the actions available at the current state after every finite history. Thus CCC includes randomized and history-dependent decisions. A pure stationary policy f∞∈CDf^\infty\in C_Df∞∈CD​ instead fixes one action f(i)∈A(i)f(i)\in A(i)f(i)∈A(i) for each state and uses it in every period. Time starts at t=1t=1t=1. From initial state iii, let vit(R)v_i^t(R)vit​(R) be expected reward in period ttt, and let viα(R)=∑t≥1αt−1vit(R)v_i^\alpha(R)=\sum_{t\ge1}\alpha^{t-1}v_i^t(R)viα​(R)=∑t≥1​αt−1vit​(R) be expected discounted reward for 0≤α<10\le\alpha<10≤α<1. The optimal discounted value viαv_i^\alphaviα​ is the supremum of viα(R)v_i^\alpha(R)viα​(R) over all R∈CR\in CR∈C, taken separately for each state.

The average reward is ϕi(R)=lim inf⁡T→∞T−1∑t=1Tvit(R)\phi_i(R)=\liminf_{T\to\infty}T^{-1}\sum_{t=1}^T v_i^t(R)ϕi​(R)=liminfT→∞​T−1∑t=1T​vit​(R); its optimal value ϕi\phi_iϕi​ is again the statewise supremum over CCC. The corresponding limsup is ϕ^i(R)\hat\phi_i(R)ϕ^​i​(R). A policy is average optimal when ϕi(R)=ϕi\phi_i(R)=\phi_iϕi​(R)=ϕi​ at every state. It is bias optimal when viα(R)−viα→0v_i^\alpha(R)-v_i^\alpha\to0viα​(R)−viα​→0 as α↑1\alpha\uparrow1α↑1 at every state (Kallenberg, pp. 21–23 and 161).

For a pure stationary fff, write P(f)ij=pi,f(i),jP(f)_{ij}=p_{i,f(i),j}P(f)ij​=pi,f(i),j​ and r(f)i=ri,f(i)r(f)_i=r_{i,f(i)}r(f)i​=ri,f(i)​. The stationary matrix P∗(f)P^*(f)P∗(f) is the Cesàro limit of the powers of P(f)P(f)P(f). The deviation matrix and bias vector are

D(f)=(I−P(f)+P∗(f))−1−P∗(f),u(f∞)=D(f)r(f).D(f)=\bigl(I-P(f)+P^*(f)\bigr)^{-1}-P^*(f), \qquad u(f^\infty)=D(f)r(f).D(f)=(I−P(f)+P∗(f))−1−P∗(f),u(f∞)=D(f)r(f).

The gain of f∞f^\inftyf∞ is ϕ(f∞)=P∗(f)r(f)\phi(f^\infty)=P^*(f)r(f)ϕ(f∞)=P∗(f)r(f). These are the book's Definitions 2.4.2 and notation (2.5.5), and their finite stochastic-matrix properties are recorded in Theorem 2.4.1 (Kallenberg, pp. 29 and 33–34).

Formalization targets

The goal is Theorem 5.2.2, for each pure stationary f∗∞f_*^\inftyf∗∞​. It asserts that the following are equivalent: (i) f∗∞f_*^\inftyf∗∞​ is bias optimal against the value over all CCC; (ii) for every f∞∈CDf^\infty\in C_Df∞∈CD​, the vector limit lim⁡α↑1(vα(f∗∞)−vα(f∞))\lim_{\alpha\uparrow1}\bigl(v^\alpha(f_*^\infty)-v^\alpha(f^\infty)\bigr)limα↑1​(vα(f∗∞​)−vα(f∞)) exists and is nonnegative; (iii) f∗∞f_*^\inftyf∗∞​ is average optimal and, at every state iii, its bias is maximal among pure stationary policies optimal at that state; and (iv) for every f∞∈CDf^\infty\in C_Df∞∈CD​, the vector limit

lim⁡T→∞1T∑t=1T∑s=1t(vs(f∗∞)−vs(f∞))≥0\lim_{T\to\infty}\frac1T\sum_{t=1}^T\sum_{s=1}^t \bigl(v^s(f_*^\infty)-v^s(f^\infty)\bigr)\ge0T→∞lim​T1​t=1∑T​s=1∑t​(vs(f∗∞​)−vs(f∞))≥0

exists. These limits are read in the extended reals: a strictly positive gain gap makes a difference tend to +∞+\infty+∞, which satisfies the displayed inequality. The period rewards vsv^svs in the last formula are not discounted values. The printed clause (iii) has a typographical error in the set following max; its proof on p. 164 supplies the intended restriction ϕi(f∞)=ϕi\phi_i(f^\infty)=\phi_iϕi​(f∞)=ϕi​. The formal statement uses that reading and records it explicitly.

Two earlier chapter results are milestones. Lemma 5.2.1 bounds the Abel limsup (1−α)viα(R)(1-\alpha)v_i^\alpha(R)(1−α)viα​(R) by the upper average reward ϕ^i(R)\hat\phi_i(R)ϕ^​i​(R) for any policy. Theorem 5.2.1 says that bias optimality implies average optimality, with a two-state example showing that average optimality does not imply bias optimality. The later §5.3 linear-programming construction is a separate route to finding a bias optimal policy and is outside this mission's statement layer.

What the characterization gives

The equivalence allows bias optimality to be checked through discounted differences, bias vectors, or accumulated period rewards. Its bias-vector clause identifies the relevant comparison set: a policy can be optimal in average reward at one state without being optimal at every state, and that statewise distinction cannot be discarded. It also makes the bias criterion finer than average optimality, as the two-state counterexample shows (Kallenberg, pp. 163–165).

The source proves these results; the mission asks for machine-checked proofs of the stated equivalence and its two supporting results. The finite history and reward definitions can support later formalizations of Kallenberg's average-reward and constrained models. The matrix definitions can also be reused for results about finite Markov chains, including the Cesàro limit and deviation matrix. No machine-checked proof of this specific four-way characterization is claimed here.

Where the difficulty lies

Comparing average rewards alone loses the transient reward information that bias is designed to retain. The discounted comparison has an apparent divergence of order (1−α)−1(1-\alpha)^{-1}(1−α)−1 whenever two policies have different gains; the finite residual becomes meaningful only after those gain terms are separated. The accumulated-reward test also takes a second Cesàro average, so a direct identification with ordinary average reward would miss its bias contribution. The theorem has to preserve both the gain ordering and the finite bias remainder across these limiting regimes (Kallenberg, pp. 164–165).

For a general policy, the discounted value is defined by infinitely many history-dependent choices, whereas P∗P^*P∗ and DDD apply to one fixed stationary matrix. This is the obstacle in passing from clause (i), which compares with all CCC, to the tests against CDC_DCD​. Treating the optimal discounted value as a supremum over stationary policies by definition would erase that obstacle and change the theorem.

Formalization scope

Lean uses Fin N with N>0N>0N>0 for states and a finite action type with nonempty state-dependent admissible subsets. Rewards are real, transition rows are stochastic, and policies are distributions on actions after complete finite histories. The finite sum of products defining each history's probability supplies vit(R)v_i^t(R)vit​(R); no measure-theoretic path space is needed. Discounted rewards use a real infinite sum for α\alphaα near one from below. Average rewards are real liminf and limsup values of bounded sequences. Optimal values are statewise suprema over all admissible policies, not over just CDC_DCD​.

The matrix P∗P^*P∗ is a Cesàro limit and DDD uses the book's inverse formula. Their convergence and nonsingularity for finite stochastic matrices are mathematical obligations, not added assumptions of the goal. The T=0T=0T=0 value of a totalized average and the value of a discounted sum outside its summable range do not enter the limits. Contributions to the finite-chain limit facts, boundedness of reward criteria, the Abel/Cesàro comparison, and the four equivalences are all within scope. A formalization that restricts the optimum in bias optimality to pure stationary policies would not be this theorem.

Selected references

  • L. C. M. Kallenberg, Linear Programming and Finite Markovian Control Problems, Mathematical Centre Tracts 148, Mathematisch Centrum, Amsterdam, 1983. Publisher repository.
  • David Blackwell, “Discrete Dynamic Programming,” Annals of Mathematical Statistics 33 (1962), 719–726. DOI.
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingLinear OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Linear Programming and Markov Decision Chains 3: The Representative of a Pure Stationary Policy Is an Extreme Point of the Dual LPResearch Paper

Linear programs for average-reward Markov decision chains

A Markov decision chain is a controlled Markov chain: in each state the controller picks an action, collects a reward and moves to a random next state with probabilities that depend on the state and the action. Under the average reward criterion, the long-run reward per step, an optimal policy can be computed by linear programming. For chains in which every stationary policy has a single recurrent class (the unichain case) this goes back to Manne (1960), de Ghellinck (1960) and d'Epenoux (1960): the variables of the dual linear program are long-run state–action frequencies, and the vertices of its feasible set are exactly the pure stationary policies.

In the general multichain case a policy may split the state space into several recurrent classes with transient states between them, and the frequency picture breaks down. Denardo and Fox (1968) and Denardo (1970) gave linear programs that require solving several programs in sequence. Hordijk and Kallenberg (Management Science 25(4), 1979) showed that one pair of dual linear programs suffices: from an optimal dual solution one reads off an average optimal policy (their Theorems 7 and 8). To make the correspondence between policies and dual solutions explicit, they attach to every stationary policy a representative, a particular feasible solution of the dual program, and prove (Theorem 10) that the representative of a pure stationary policy is a vertex of the feasible set. This mission formalizes Theorem 10.

Timeline:

  • 1960: Manne; de Ghellinck; d'Epenoux. The linear program for unichain average-reward problems, with pure policies at the vertices.
  • 1962: Blackwell. The limit matrix P∗P^*P∗ and deviation matrix DDD of a finite stochastic matrix, and their identities (Ann. Math. Statist. 33).
  • 1968–1970: Denardo and Fox; Denardo. Multichain problems by a sequence of linear programs.
  • 1979: Hordijk and Kallenberg. A single dual pair for the multichain case; representatives of stationary policies; Theorem 10.

Setting

The state space EEE is finite. Each state iii has a finite nonempty set A(i)A(i)A(i) of actions; action aaa in state iii earns riar_{ia}ria​ and moves to jjj with probability piaj≥0p_{iaj}\ge 0piaj​≥0, ∑jpiaj=1\sum_j p_{iaj}=1∑j​piaj​=1. Fix weights βj>0\beta_j>0βj​>0 with ∑jβj=1\sum_j\beta_j=1∑j​βj​=1.

The dual linear program has one pair of variables xia,yiax_{ia},y_{ia}xia​,yia​ for each state iii and each admissible action a∈A(i)a\in A(i)a∈A(i). Its feasible set consists of the (x,y)(x,y)(x,y) with

∑i∑a(δij−piaj)xia=0,∑axja+∑i∑a(δij−piaj)yia=βj(j∈E),x,y≥0.\textstyle\sum_i\sum_a(\delta_{ij}-p_{iaj})x_{ia}=0,\qquad \sum_a x_{ja}+\sum_i\sum_a(\delta_{ij}-p_{iaj})y_{ia}=\beta_j\qquad(j\in E),\qquad x,y\ge 0 .∑i​∑a​(δij​−piaj​)xia​=0,∑a​xja​+∑i​∑a​(δij​−piaj​)yia​=βj​(j∈E),x,y≥0.

A pure stationary policy f∞f^\inftyf∞ uses the action f(i)∈A(i)f(i)\in A(i)f(i)∈A(i) whenever the chain is in state iii. Its transition matrix is P(f)=(pif(i)j)P(f)=(p_{if(i)j})P(f)=(pif(i)j​). For a stochastic matrix PPP, the limit matrix P∗=lim⁡n1n∑k=1nPk−1P^*=\lim_n\frac1n\sum_{k=1}^nP^{k-1}P∗=limn​n1​∑k=1n​Pk−1 exists, and the deviation matrix is D=(I−P+P∗)−1−P∗D=(I-P+P^*)^{-1}-P^*D=(I−P+P∗)−1−P∗. A state is recurrent if every state reachable from it can reach it back, and transient otherwise; the set TTT collects the transient states, and the states reachable from a recurrent state form an ergodic set. Write E1,…,EmE_1,\dots,E_mE1​,…,Em​ for the ergodic sets of P(f)P(f)P(f).

The representative of f∞f^\inftyf∞ is

xia(f)=[βTP∗(f)]i δaf(i),yia(f)=[βTD(f)+γTP∗(f)]i δaf(i),x_{ia}(f)=[\beta^TP^*(f)]_i\,\delta_{af(i)},\qquad y_{ia}(f)=[\beta^TD(f)+\gamma^TP^*(f)]_i\,\delta_{af(i)},xia​(f)=[βTP∗(f)]i​δaf(i)​,yia​(f)=[βTD(f)+γTP∗(f)]i​δaf(i)​,

with γl=0\gamma_l=0γl​=0 for l∈Tl\in Tl∈T and, for l∈Ejl\in E_jl∈Ej​, γl=max⁡i∈Ej(−∑kβkdki)/∑k∈Ejpki∗\gamma_l=\max_{i\in E_j}\big(-\sum_k\beta_kd_{ki}\big)\big/\sum_{k\in E_j}p^*_{ki}γl​=maxi∈Ej​​(−∑k​βk​dki​)/∑k∈Ej​​pki∗​. The paper defines the same formulas for randomized stationary policies π\piπ, with πia\pi_{ia}πia​ in place of δaf(i)\delta_{af(i)}δaf(i)​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 10 (p. 361)

(x(f),y(f)) is an extreme point of the feasible set of the dual linear program(x(f),y(f))\ \text{is an extreme point of the feasible set of the dual linear program}(x(f),y(f)) is an extreme point of the feasible set of the dual linear program

for every finite Markov decision chain, every positive probability vector β\betaβ and every pure stationary policy f∞f^\inftyf∞. The statement contains feasibility of the representative.

Milestones

  1. §3.3, pp. 359–360: the representative (x(π),y(π))(x(\pi),y(\pi))(x(π),y(π)) of any stationary policy is feasible.
  2. Proof of Theorem 10, p. 362: for a stochastic PPP, every solution of xT(I−P)=0x^T(I-P)=0xT(I−P)=0, xT+yT(I−P)=βTx^T+y^T(I-P)=\beta^TxT+yT(I−P)=βT (system (7)) satisfies xT=βTP∗x^T=\beta^TP^*xT=βTP∗ and yT=βTD+yTP∗y^T=\beta^TD+y^TP^*yT=βTD+yTP∗.
  3. Proof of Theorem 10, p. 362: such a solution has yi=(βTD)iy_i=(\beta^TD)_iyi​=(βTD)i​ for i∈Ti\in Ti∈T.
  4. Proof of Theorem 10, p. 362: on each ergodic set EkE_kEk​ of P(f)P(f)P(f) there is a state i(k)i(k)i(k) with yi(k)f(i(k))(f)=0y_{i(k)f(i(k))}(f)=0yi(k)f(i(k))​(f)=0.
  5. Proof of Theorem 10, p. 362 (Chung, p. 33): a row vector zzz with zi=∑l∈Ekzlpliz_i=\sum_{l\in E_k}z_lp_{li}zi​=∑l∈Ek​​zl​pli​ on an ergodic set EkE_kEk​ that vanishes at one state of EkE_kEk​ vanishes on all of EkE_kEk​.

Significance

Theorem 10 is the vertex half of the policy–solution correspondence of Hordijk and Kallenberg: every pure stationary policy appears as a basic feasible solution of one linear program, in the multichain case and without any communication assumption. It connects the simplex method on that program with the set of pure policies, and it is a building block for the later literature on linear programming for multichain Markov decision problems. The paper also records that the converse fails: an extreme point may induce a randomized policy.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as is known it has not been machine-checked. A formal proof also checks the exact form of γ\gammaγ: the paper prints the denominator of γl\gamma_lγl​ as ∑kpki∗\sum_k p^*_{ki}∑k​pki∗​, a sum over all states, and with that reading the representative is not feasible as soon as transient states feed an ergodic set (two states, 0→1→10\to1\to10→1→1: y1=−β0/2y_1=-\beta_0/2y1​=−β0​/2). The denominator ∑k∈Ejpki∗\sum_{k\in E_j}p^*_{ki}∑k∈Ej​​pki∗​ is the one the paper's own feasibility computation on p. 360 uses, and it is the one stated here.

Difficulty

Feasibility is a calculation with the identities PP∗=P∗P=P∗P∗=P∗PP^*=P^*P=P^*P^*=P^*PP∗=P∗P=P∗P∗=P∗ and (I−P)D=I−P∗(I-P)D=I-P^*(I−P)D=I−P∗. Extremality is the substance. Restricted to the pairs (i,f(i))(i,f(i))(i,f(i)), the constraints become the square system (7) in the state variables, and system (7) determines xxx and the transient part of yyy, but on each ergodic set it determines yyy only up to adding a multiple of the stationary distribution of that class: the matrix I−PI-PI−P is singular, with one degree of freedom per ergodic set. The naive argument, that the equality constraints alone pin the point down, therefore fails as soon as there is an ergodic set; the extra information has to come from the nonnegativity constraints, and that is why the exact value of γ\gammaγ matters. In the general multichain setting this requires the class structure of a finite Markov chain (closed classes, transient states, the support of P∗P^*P∗, uniqueness of invariant vectors on a closed communicating class), little of which is in Mathlib in usable form.

Formalization scope

  • The model is the published MarkovDecisionProcesses.StationaryMDP: finite states, finite actions, admissible sets A(i)A(i)A(i) (nonempty), transition probabilities nonnegative with unit row sums. P∗P^*P∗ and DDD are the published limitMatrix and deviationMatrix of Blackwell's Lemma 1, whose identities are the open platform theorems BlackwellDiscreteDP.NearOne.lemma_1a and lemma_1d.
  • The dual variables are functions on the subtype of admissible state–action pairs, so non-admissible actions have no coordinates. The feasible set is a subset of (Pair→R)×(Pair→R)(\mathrm{Pair}\to\mathbb R)\times(\mathrm{Pair}\to\mathbb R)(Pair→R)×(Pair→R) and "extreme point" is Mathlib's Set.extremePoints ℝ. Membership in it includes feasibility.
  • Row vectors act by vecMul. Recurrence and accessibility are the published IsRecurrent and Accessible; the ergodic set of a recurrent lll is the set of states accessible from lll. The maximum in γ\gammaγ is a Finset.sup' over that finite nonempty set.
  • γ\gammaγ uses the corrected denominator ∑k∈Ejpki∗\sum_{k\in E_j}p^*_{ki}∑k∈Ej​​pki∗​. A formalization with γ=0\gamma=0γ=0, or one in which the non-admissible coordinates of the program are free, is a different and false or trivial statement and is ruled out.
  • Stationary randomized rules are nonnegative weights on A(i)A(i)A(i) summing to one; the pure rule of fff is the indicator of f(i)f(i)f(i).
  • Useful contributions: the class decomposition of a finite stochastic matrix (closed classes, pki∗=0p^*_{ki}=0pki∗​=0 for transient iii, positivity of pii∗p^*_{ii}pii∗​ on recurrent states), uniqueness of invariant vectors on a closed communicating class, and proofs of Blackwell's Lemma 1(a), 1(d). All of these are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • A. Hordijk and L. C. M. Kallenberg, Linear Programming and Markov Decision Chains, Management Science 25(4):352–362, 1979. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.25.4.352
  • D. Blackwell, Discrete Dynamic Programming, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 33(2):719–726, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177704593
  • K. L. Chung, Markov Chains with Stationary Transition Probabilities, Springer, 1960. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-49686-8
  • E. V. Denardo, On Linear Programming in a Markov Decision Problem, Management Science 16(5):281–288, 1970. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.16.5.281
  • E. V. Denardo and B. L. Fox, Multichain Markov Renewal Programs, SIAM Journal on Applied Mathematics 16(3):468–487, 1968. https://doi.org/10.1137/0116038
  • A. S. Manne, Linear Programming and Sequential Decisions, Management Science 6(3):259–267, 1960. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.6.3.259
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Discrete-Time Controlled Markov Processes with Average Cost Criterion: A Survey 4: Under Sennott's Conditions an Average-Cost Optimal Stationary Policy ExistsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many controlled queueing, inventory and maintenance systems are modelled as controlled Markov processes (CMPs) on a countable state space whose one-stage cost grows without bound: the holding cost of a queue grows with its length. For such systems the natural performance measure is the long-run average cost, and the basic question is whether some simple policy, one that looks only at the current state and never randomizes, is optimal among all policies, including those that use the whole history.

When the cost is bounded, the classical answer goes through a bounded solution of the average cost optimality equation (ACOE). For unbounded costs, bounded solutions are rare: in many queueing models the relative value function grows with the state, and growth conditions such as (5.2) of the survey may fail (Arapostathis et al. 1993, p. 307). Sennott (1986; 1989) replaced boundedness by one-sided conditions on the discounted value functions, which are often easy to verify for queueing models because the relative values are bounded below. This mission formalizes Sennott's existence theorem in the form given in the survey of Arapostathis, Borkar, Fernández-Gaucherand, Ghosh and Marcus, Theorem 5.9.

Timeline. For bounded costs, Ross (1983, the survey's Theorem 5.2) obtained a bounded ACOE solution, and with it an optimal stationary policy, when the differential discounted values are uniformly bounded. Federgruen, Hordijk and Tijms (1979) treated unbounded costs under Lyapunov-type recurrence conditions, which restrict how fast the cost may grow (survey, Remark 5.7). Sennott (1986, 1989) replaced these by a uniform lower bound and a pointwise, one-step integrable upper bound on the differential discounted values. The survey (1993, Theorem 5.9) states the result with compact action sets and continuous data, and Sennott's 1999 book (§7.2) gives the finite-action version in textbook form.

Setting

The state space is S={0,1,2,… }S=\{0,1,2,\dots\}S={0,1,2,…}. For each state iii the set U(i)U(i)U(i) of admissible actions is a nonempty compact subset of a metric space AAA. Choosing a∈U(i)a\in U(i)a∈U(i) in state iii costs c(i,a)≥0c(i,a)\ge0c(i,a)≥0, and the next state is jjj with probability P(j∣i,a)P(j\mid i,a)P(j∣i,a). For fixed i,ji,ji,j, the maps a↦c(i,a)a\mapsto c(i,a)a↦c(i,a) and a↦P(j∣i,a)a\mapsto P(j\mid i,a)a↦P(j∣i,a) are continuous on U(i)U(i)U(i).

An admissible policy π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π chooses the action at time ttt according to a probability distribution πt(⋅∣ht)\pi_t(\cdot\mid h_t)πt​(⋅∣ht​) concentrated on U(xt)U(x_t)U(xt​), where ht=(x0,a0,…,xt)h_t=(x_0,a_0,\dots,x_t)ht​=(x0​,a0​,…,xt​) is the history; it may use the whole history and may randomize. A stationary deterministic policy f∈ΠSDf\in\Pi_{SD}f∈ΠSD​ is a map f:S→Af:S\to Af:S→A with f(i)∈U(i)f(i)\in U(i)f(i)∈U(i), applied at every step. Given an initial state iii and a policy π\piπ, the states and actions (Xt,At)(X_t,A_t)(Xt​,At​) form a stochastic process with law PiπP^\pi_iPiπ​ and expectation EiπE^\pi_iEiπ​.

For β∈(0,1)\beta\in(0,1)β∈(0,1), the discounted cost and the average cost of π\piπ from iii are

Jβ(i,π)=Eiπ∑t=0∞βtc(Xt,At),J(i,π)=lim sup⁡N→∞1N Eiπ∑t=0N−1c(Xt,At),J_\beta(i,\pi)=E^\pi_i\sum_{t=0}^\infty\beta^tc(X_t,A_t),\qquad J(i,\pi)=\limsup_{N\to\infty}\frac1N\,E^\pi_i\sum_{t=0}^{N-1}c(X_t,A_t),Jβ​(i,π)=Eiπ​t=0∑∞​βtc(Xt​,At​),J(i,π)=N→∞limsup​N1​Eiπ​t=0∑N−1​c(Xt​,At​),

both in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. The optimal values are Jβ∗(i)=inf⁡π∈ΠJβ(i,π)J^*_\beta(i)=\inf_{\pi\in\Pi}J_\beta(i,\pi)Jβ∗​(i)=infπ∈Π​Jβ​(i,π) and J∗(i)=inf⁡π∈ΠJ(i,π)J^*(i)=\inf_{\pi\in\Pi}J(i,\pi)J∗(i)=infπ∈Π​J(i,π), and the differential discounted value is hβ(i)=Jβ∗(i)−Jβ∗(0)h_\beta(i)=J^*_\beta(i)-J^*_\beta(0)hβ​(i)=Jβ∗​(i)−Jβ∗​(0). A policy f∈ΠSDf\in\Pi_{SD}f∈ΠSD​ is AC-optimal if J(i,f)=J∗(i)J(i,f)=J^*(i)J(i,f)=J∗(i) for every iii.

Sennott's conditions (Assumptions 5.14–5.16) are:

  1. Jβ∗(i)<∞J^*_\beta(i)<\inftyJβ∗​(i)<∞ for all i∈Si\in Si∈S and β∈(0,1)\beta\in(0,1)β∈(0,1);
  2. there is a nonnegative integer LLL with hβ(i)≥−Lh_\beta(i)\ge-Lhβ​(i)≥−L for all iii and β\betaβ;
  3. there is M:S→R+M:S\to\mathbb R_+M:S→R+​ with hβ(i)≤M(i)h_\beta(i)\le M(i)hβ​(i)≤M(i) for all iii and β\betaβ, and for each iii some a(i)∈U(i)a(i)\in U(i)a(i)∈U(i) with ∑jP(j∣i,a(i))M(j)<∞\sum_jP(j\mid i,a(i))M(j)<\infty∑j​P(j∣i,a(i))M(j)<∞.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.9

Under Assumptions 5.14–5.16, there is f∈ΠSD with J(i,f)=inf⁡π∈ΠJ(i,π)  for every i∈S.\text{Under Assumptions 5.14–5.16, there is } f\in\Pi_{SD}\text{ with } J(i,f)=\inf_{\pi\in\Pi}J(i,\pi)\ \text{ for every } i\in S.Under Assumptions 5.14–5.16, there is f∈ΠSD​ with J(i,f)=π∈Πinf​J(i,π)  for every i∈S.

The goal asserts only existence. It does not fix the optimal cost, and it does not claim that the optimal cost is constant or that an optimality equation holds.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 2.1 (i), (iii), countable form: the discounted cost optimality equation Jβ∗(i)=inf⁡a∈U(i){c(i,a)+β∑jP(j∣i,a)Jβ∗(j)}J^*_\beta(i)=\inf_{a\in U(i)}\{c(i,a)+\beta\sum_jP(j\mid i,a)J^*_\beta(j)\}Jβ∗​(i)=infa∈U(i)​{c(i,a)+β∑j​P(j∣i,a)Jβ∗​(j)} and a β\betaβ-discount optimal fβ∈ΠSDf_\beta\in\Pi_{SD}fβ​∈ΠSD​.
  2. Display (5.15): (1−β)Jβ∗(0)+hβ(i)=c(i,fβ(i))+β∑jP(j∣i,fβ(i))hβ(j)(1-\beta)J^*_\beta(0)+h_\beta(i)=c(i,f_\beta(i))+\beta\sum_jP(j\mid i,f_\beta(i))h_\beta(j)(1−β)Jβ∗​(0)+hβ​(i)=c(i,fβ​(i))+β∑j​P(j∣i,fβ​(i))hβ​(j).
  3. The limit objects: along a subsequence βn→1\beta_n\to1βn​→1, fβn→ff_{\beta_n}\to ffβn​​→f, hβn→h≥−Lh_{\beta_n}\to h\ge-Lhβn​​→h≥−L pointwise, and (1−βn)Jβn∗(i)→ρ∗(1-\beta_n)J^*_{\beta_n}(i)\to\rho^*(1−βn​)Jβn​∗​(i)→ρ∗, a constant.
  4. The average cost optimality inequality (ACOI) ρ∗+h(i)≥c(i,f(i))+∑jP(j∣i,f(i))h(j)\rho^*+h(i)\ge c(i,f(i))+\sum_jP(j\mid i,f(i))h(j)ρ∗+h(i)≥c(i,f(i))+∑j​P(j∣i,f(i))h(j).
  5. An ACOI along fff with hhh bounded below gives J(i,f)≤ρJ(i,f)\le\rhoJ(i,f)≤ρ.
  6. Theorem A.2: the Abelian inequalities between Cesàro and Abel means (already on the platform).
  7. J(i,π)≥ρ∗J(i,\pi)\ge\rho^*J(i,π)≥ρ∗ for every π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π.

Significance

The result. Theorem 5.9 is the standard existence theorem for average-optimal stationary policies with unbounded costs on countable state spaces. Its conditions are verified routinely for controlled queues, where relative values are monotone in the queue length and hence bounded below. It shows that randomization and memory do not reduce the long-run average cost, and the ACOI it produces is the starting point for value and policy iteration and for structural results such as threshold policies.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the literature (Sennott 1989; Sennott 1999, Theorem 7.2.3; survey, p. 308). It has no machine-checked proof. The finite-action version, SennottDP.SEN.thm_7_2_3_sen_acoi, is posed on Prove2Me and still open; this mission poses the compact-action version, which needs continuity and compactness arguments that the finite case avoids. A formal proof also requires a general theory of history-dependent policies on path space (Ionescu-Tulcea), the discounted optimality equation with unbounded costs, and the passage from Abel to Cesàro means. All three are reusable well beyond this paper.

Difficulty

The obvious argument lets β→1\beta\to1β→1 in the discounted optimality equation (5.6). Two steps fail without more structure. First, hβh_\betahβ​ need not converge, and with unbounded costs it is not uniformly bounded, so the limit has to be taken pointwise along a subsequence, with only a lower bound uniform in the state. Second, the limit cannot be passed through the infinite sum ∑jP(j∣i,a)hβ(j)\sum_jP(j\mid i,a)h_\beta(j)∑j​P(j∣i,a)hβ​(j) by dominated convergence, because no integrable dominating function exists for every action. Only an inequality survives (Fatou), so the limit is an ACOI, not an equation. The inequality then has to be turned into optimality against all of Π\PiΠ, which includes history-dependent randomized policies whose costs are not described by any optimality equation. The lower bound for these comes from comparing Cesàro and Abel means, not from dynamic programming.

Formalization scope

The Lean development uses the following representation and conventions.

  • States, actions, model. The state space is ℕ. The action space is a metric space with its Borel σ-algebra. U i is nonempty and compact, c is measurable and nonnegative on admissible pairs, P is a Markov kernel, and c(i,⋅)c(i,\cdot)c(i,⋅), P(j∣i,⋅)P(j\mid i,\cdot)P(j∣i,⋅) are continuous on U(i)U(i)U(i).
  • Policies. Π\PiΠ consists of all history-dependent randomized policies, with admissibility required almost surely. J∗J^*J∗ and Jβ∗J^*_\betaJβ∗​ are infima over all of Π\PiΠ, never over stationary policies only. Restricting the infimum to ΠSD\Pi_{SD}ΠSD​ would drop the Tauberian half of the theorem and is not the paper's statement.
  • Costs. Costs are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] against the Ionescu-Tulcea path measure, and the average cost is a limsup in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].
  • Explicit hypotheses. hβh_\betahβ​ is a difference of real parts and is used only under Assumption 5.14, so it is never read off an infinite Jβ∗J^*_\betaJβ∗​. The quantifiers over iii and β\betaβ in Assumption 5.15, implicit on the page, are universal, and LLL is a natural number as printed. Every series ∑jP(j∣i,a)h(j)\sum_jP(j\mid i,a)h(j)∑j​P(j∣i,a)h(j) carries a summability hypothesis or conclusion.
  • Corrected claim. Remark 5.8(a) as printed claims that any scalar ρ\rhoρ satisfying the ACOI with hhh bounded below is the optimal average cost. That is false (h≡0h\equiv0h≡0, ρ=sup⁡c\rho=\sup cρ=supc), so only the inequality J(i,f)≤ρJ(i,f)\le\rhoJ(i,f)≤ρ, which the proof uses, is stated.
  • Sequences. The milestones about limits are stated for any sequence βn∈(0,1)\beta_n\in(0,1)βn​∈(0,1) with βn→1\beta_n\to1βn​→1, not only increasing ones.

A trivializing formalization is excluded. Sennott's conditions are satisfiable (a one-action, zero-cost model satisfies all three), and AC-optimality is measured against all admissible policies, so the goal cannot hold vacuously or by a junk value.

Welcome contributions: the Markov property of the path measure for history-dependent policies; the discounted optimality equation for nonnegative unbounded costs; a measurable-selection or compactness argument for minimizing actions on compact U(i)U(i)U(i); Fatou's lemma for series with converging weights; and the Abelian inequalities in a form applied to expected costs.

Selected references

  • A. Arapostathis, V. S. Borkar, E. Fernández-Gaucherand, M. K. Ghosh, S. I. Marcus, Discrete-time controlled Markov processes with average cost criterion: a survey, SIAM J. Control Optim. 31(2) (1993) 282–344. https://doi.org/10.1137/0331018
  • L. I. Sennott, Average cost optimal stationary policies in infinite state Markov decision processes with unbounded costs, Oper. Res. 37(4) (1989) 626–633. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.37.4.626
  • L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems, Wiley, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470317037
  • L. I. Sennott, A new condition for the existence of optimal stationary policies in average cost Markov decision processes, Oper. Res. Lett. 5 (1986) 17–23 (reference [155] of the survey; no stable link checked).
  • S. M. Ross, Introduction to Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Academic Press, New York, 1983 (reference [150] of the survey).
  • A. Federgruen, A. Hordijk, H. C. Tijms, Denumerable state semi-Markov decision processes with unbounded costs, average cost criterion, Stochastic Process. Appl. 9 (1979) 223–235 (reference [53] of the survey).
  • R. Sznajder, J. A. Filar, Some comments on a theorem of Hardy and Littlewood, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 75 (1992) (reference [176] of the survey, cited for Theorem A.2).
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Discrete-Time Controlled Markov Processes with Average Cost Criterion: A Survey 1: Uniformly Bounded Differential Discounted Values Give a Bounded Solution of the Average Cost Optimality EquationResearch Paper

Motivation

Many control problems in queueing, inventory and communication systems run indefinitely, and the quantity of interest is the long-run cost per unit time rather than a discounted total. The average cost criterion is harder to analyse than the discounted one: the discounted dynamic programming operator is a contraction, while the average cost problem has no contraction, and on an infinite state space its behaviour depends on the recurrence structure of the controlled chain. The survey of Arapostathis, Borkar, Fernández-Gaucherand, Ghosh and Marcus (SIAM J. Control Optim. 31 (1993)) organises the theory around the average cost optimality equation (ACOE) and the conditions under which it has a solution.

Timeline (as recorded in the survey's §3 and §5). Derman studied the ACOE and characterized optimal stationary policies by its solutions (Derman, On sequential decisions and Markov chains, Management Sci. 1962; Denumerable state Markovian decision processes — average cost criterion, Ann. Math. Statist. 1966). Taylor introduced a vanishing discount argument for a replacement problem (Ann. Math. Statist. 1965). Ross extended it to general countable models, showing that uniformly bounded differential discounted value functions yield a bounded solution of the ACOE (Ann. Math. Statist. 1968, two papers; Introduction to Stochastic Dynamic Programming, 1983). Sennott replaced the uniform bound by one-sided bounds and obtained the average cost optimality inequality (Oper. Res. 1989). The survey presents Ross's result as Theorem 5.2, following the 1983 book; this mission formalizes it.

Setting

A controlled Markov process on the countable state space S={0,1,2,… }S=\{0,1,2,\dots\}S={0,1,2,…} consists of a metric space A\mathbf AA of actions; for each state iii a nonempty compact set U(i)⊆AU(i)\subseteq\mathbf AU(i)⊆A of admissible actions; a cost c(i,a)≥0c(i,a)\ge0c(i,a)≥0; and transition probabilities P(j∣i,a)P(j\mid i,a)P(j∣i,a). For fixed i,ji,ji,j, the maps a↦c(i,a)a\mapsto c(i,a)a↦c(i,a) and a↦P(j∣i,a)a\mapsto P(j\mid i,a)a↦P(j∣i,a) are continuous on U(i)U(i)U(i).

An admissible policy π\piπ chooses, at each time ttt, a probability distribution on U(Xt)U(X_t)U(Xt​) that may depend on the whole past (X0,A0,…,Xt)(X_0,A_0,\dots,X_t)(X0​,A0​,…,Xt​). The class of all of them is Π\PiΠ, and ΠSD\Pi_{SD}ΠSD​ is the class of stationary deterministic policies, maps fff with f(i)∈U(i)f(i)\in U(i)f(i)∈U(i). Each initial state iii and policy π\piπ define a law PiπP^\pi_iPiπ​ of the trajectory, with expectation EiπE^\pi_iEiπ​. For a discount factor 0<β<10<\beta<10<β<1,

Jβ(i,π)=Eiπ∑t=0∞βtc(Xt,At),J(i,π)=lim sup⁡N→∞1NEiπ∑t=0N−1c(Xt,At),J_\beta(i,\pi)=E^\pi_i\sum_{t=0}^\infty\beta^tc(X_t,A_t),\qquad J(i,\pi)=\limsup_{N\to\infty}\frac1N E^\pi_i\sum_{t=0}^{N-1}c(X_t,A_t),Jβ​(i,π)=Eiπ​t=0∑∞​βtc(Xt​,At​),J(i,π)=N→∞limsup​N1​Eiπ​t=0∑N−1​c(Xt​,At​),

and Jβ∗(i)=inf⁡π∈ΠJβ(i,π)J^*_\beta(i)=\inf_{\pi\in\Pi}J_\beta(i,\pi)Jβ∗​(i)=infπ∈Π​Jβ​(i,π), J∗(i)=inf⁡π∈ΠJ(i,π)J^*(i)=\inf_{\pi\in\Pi}J(i,\pi)J∗(i)=infπ∈Π​J(i,π). The differential discounted value function is hβ(i)=Jβ∗(i)−Jβ∗(0)h_\beta(i)=J^*_\beta(i)-J^*_\beta(0)hβ​(i)=Jβ∗​(i)−Jβ∗​(0). A pair (ρ,h)(\rho,h)(ρ,h), ρ∈R\rho\in\mathbb Rρ∈R, h:S→Rh:S\to\mathbb Rh:S→R, solves the ACOE if

ρ+h(i)=min⁡a∈U(i){c(i,a)+∑j∈SP(j∣i,a)h(j)},i∈S.(5.1)\rho+h(i)=\min_{a\in U(i)}\Big\{c(i,a)+\sum_{j\in S}P(j\mid i,a)h(j)\Big\},\qquad i\in S.\tag{5.1}ρ+h(i)=a∈U(i)min​{c(i,a)+j∈S∑​P(j∣i,a)h(j)},i∈S.(5.1)

In the Lean development these objects are CMP, Policy, StationaryPolicy, pathMeasure, discCost, avgCost, discValue (Jβ∗J^*_\betaJβ∗​), optAvg (J∗J^*J∗), hRel (hβh_\betahβ​) and ACOE.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.2 (p. 301)

Assume Jβ∗(i)<∞J^*_\beta(i)<\inftyJβ∗​(i)<∞ for all β∈(0,1)\beta\in(0,1)β∈(0,1) and i∈Si\in Si∈S, and that there is K>0K>0K>0 with ∣hβ(i)∣≤K|h_\beta(i)|\le K∣hβ​(i)∣≤K for all such β\betaβ and iii. Then there are ρ∈R\rho\in\mathbb Rρ∈R, a bounded h:S→Rh:S\to\mathbb Rh:S→R and a sequence βn∈(0,1)\beta_n\in(0,1)βn​∈(0,1), βn→1\beta_n\to1βn​→1, with

(ρ,h) solves (5.1),h(i)=lim⁡n→∞hβn(i),lim⁡β↑1(1−β)Jβ∗(i)=ρ(i∈S).(\rho,h)\text{ solves (5.1)},\qquad h(i)=\lim_{n\to\infty}h_{\beta_n}(i),\qquad \lim_{\beta\uparrow1}(1-\beta)J^*_\beta(i)=\rho\qquad(i\in S).(ρ,h) solves (5.1),h(i)=n→∞lim​hβn​​(i),β↑1lim​(1−β)Jβ∗​(i)=ρ(i∈S).

The goal does not assert that ρ\rhoρ is the optimal average cost; that follows from Theorem 5.1 and Remark 5.1(a), which are milestones.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.1 (p. 289): the dynamic programming map T(v)(i)=inf⁡a∈U(i){c(i,a)+∑jP(j∣i,a)v(j)}T(v)(i)=\inf_{a\in U(i)}\{c(i,a)+\sum_jP(j\mid i,a)v(j)\}T(v)(i)=infa∈U(i)​{c(i,a)+∑j​P(j∣i,a)v(j)} satisfies T(v+k)=T(v)+kT(v+k)=T(v)+kT(v+k)=T(v)+k and is monotone.
  2. Theorem 2.1 (i), (iii) (p. 289), in the countable model: Jβ∗=TβJβ∗J^*_\beta=T_\beta J^*_\betaJβ∗​=Tβ​Jβ∗​ and a β\betaβ-discount optimal f∈ΠSDf\in\Pi_{SD}f∈ΠSD​ exists.
  3. Equation (5.6) (p. 301): (1−β)Jβ∗(0)+hβ(i)=min⁡a∈U(i){c(i,a)+β∑jP(j∣i,a)hβ(j)}(1-\beta)J^*_\beta(0)+h_\beta(i)=\min_{a\in U(i)}\{c(i,a)+\beta\sum_jP(j\mid i,a)h_\beta(j)\}(1−β)Jβ∗​(0)+hβ​(i)=mina∈U(i)​{c(i,a)+β∑j​P(j∣i,a)hβ​(j)}.
  4. Theorem 5.1 (p. 299): a solution of (5.1) with lim⁡t1tEiπh(Xt)=0\lim_t\frac1tE^\pi_ih(X_t)=0limt​t1​Eiπ​h(Xt​)=0 gives ρ=J(i,f)=J∗(i)\rho=J(i,f)=J^*(i)ρ=J(i,f)=J∗(i) for a minimizing selector fff; minimizing selectors are average optimal; conversely, an average optimal fff with an irreducible positive recurrent chain is a minimizing selector.
  5. Remark 5.1(a) (p. 300): a bounded solution of (5.1) satisfies the growth condition of Theorem 5.1.

Significance

Theorem 5.2 is the template of the vanishing discount method. Under its hypothesis the average cost problem has a bounded solution of the ACOE, so (through Theorem 5.1) the optimal average cost is a constant ρ\rhoρ independent of the initial state, it is attained by a stationary deterministic policy, and it is the Abelian limit of the scaled discounted values. Recurrence conditions on the controlled chain, such as uniformly bounded mean return times to a fixed state (Theorem 5.3 of the survey), are verified by checking the hypothesis of Theorem 5.2; the later results of §5 refine its conclusion under weaker hypotheses.

The theorem itself is classical. What this mission adds is a machine-checked statement and, eventually, proof, on a model with history-dependent randomized policies, compact action sets and unbounded costs, together with the supporting verification theorem (Theorem 5.1) and the discounted optimality equation. To our knowledge none of these results has been formalized in Lean; Mathlib has the Ionescu-Tulcea construction of the path measure but no controlled Markov processes.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fixes a sequence βn↑1\beta_n\uparrow1βn​↑1, extracts a pointwise convergent subsequence of the bounded functions hβnh_{\beta_n}hβn​​ and of the bounded numbers (1−βn)Jβn∗(0)(1-\beta_n)J^*_{\beta_n}(0)(1−βn​)Jβn​∗​(0), and passes to the limit in (5.6). Two steps resist this. First, the limit of a minimum over U(i)U(i)U(i) is not in general the minimum of the limits: the convergence of a↦∑jP(j∣i,a)hβn(j)a\mapsto\sum_jP(j\mid i,a)h_{\beta_n}(j)a↦∑j​P(j∣i,a)hβn​​(j) must be shown to be uniform on the compact set U(i)U(i)U(i), which requires more than pointwise continuity of each P(j∣i,⋅)P(j\mid i,\cdot)P(j∣i,⋅). Second, the subsequential limit ρ\rhoρ could depend on the subsequence, so part (iii), a limit along all β↑1\beta\uparrow1β↑1, needs an independent identification of ρ\rhoρ, here as the optimal average cost through Theorem 5.1, which in turn needs the comparison with arbitrary history-dependent policies. The discounted optimality equation behind (5.6) also has to be established for unbounded costs, where Jβ∗J^*_\betaJβ∗​ is not the unique fixed point of TβT_\betaTβ​.

Formalization scope

The state space is ℕ; state 0 is the reference state of hβh_\betahβ​. Policies are history-dependent randomized stochastic kernels with the admissibility constraint πt(U(xt)∣ht)=1\pi_t(U(x_t)\mid h_t)=1πt​(U(xt​)∣ht​)=1, and J∗J^*J∗, Jβ∗J^*_\betaJβ∗​ are infima over all of them. Costs are lower Lebesgue integrals with values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], built from Mathlib's Kernel.trajMeasure. The following choices make implicit hypotheses explicit:

  • Finiteness of Jβ∗J^*_\betaJβ∗​. The paper's bound ∣hβ∣≤K|h_\beta|\le K∣hβ​∣≤K presupposes finite values; the goal assumes Jβ∗(i)<∞J^*_\beta(i)<\inftyJβ∗​(i)<∞, and (5.6) assumes it for its β\betaβ.
  • Convergent series in the ACOE. A solution of (5.1) requires every series ∑jP(j∣i,a)h(j)\sum_jP(j\mid i,a)h(j)∑j​P(j∣i,a)h(j), a∈U(i)a\in U(i)a∈U(i), to converge, and the minimum to be attained.
  • (5.2) over all policies. The paper prints the growth condition of Theorem 5.1 for π∈ΠSD\pi\in\Pi_{SD}π∈ΠSD​, but its conclusion ρ=J∗(i)\rho=J^*(i)ρ=J∗(i) concerns all policies, and the proof uses the condition for arbitrary π\piπ. It is stated for every π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π, with integrability of h(Xt)h(X_t)h(Xt​) explicit.
  • Theorem 2.1 is cited without proof in the survey for Borel models; in the countable model its Assumptions 2.2–2.3 follow from the continuity assumptions of §5. Only parts (i) and (iii) are stated.
  • Lemma 2.1 is stated for functions bounded below (on discrete ℕ these are the lower semicontinuous functions bounded below), with convergent series.
  • Irreducible, positive recurrent (converse of Theorem 5.1): every state is reached with positive probability from every state, and every state has finite expected return time.

A formalization in which J∗J^*J∗ is an infimum over stationary policies only, in which the ACOE is an inequality or holds for one fixed action, or in which hβh_\betahβ​ is computed from +∞+\infty+∞ values through a junk conversion, would trivialize the goal; all three are excluded by the definitions above.

A complete development needs the Ionescu-Tulcea path measure for history-dependent policies, the discounted optimality equation for nonnegative unbounded costs, Scheffé-type uniform convergence on compact action sets, and the martingale identity behind Theorem 5.1. The model file is reusable by the other missions of this series and by any countable-state average cost result; proofs of the milestones are welcome independently of the goal.

Selected references

  • A. Arapostathis, V. S. Borkar, E. Fernández-Gaucherand, M. K. Ghosh, S. I. Marcus, Discrete-time controlled Markov processes with average cost criterion: a survey, SIAM J. Control Optim. 31(2) (1993) 282–344. https://doi.org/10.1137/0331018
  • C. Derman, On sequential decisions and Markov chains, Management Sci. 9 (1962) 16–24 (reference [38] of the survey).
  • C. Derman, Denumerable state Markovian decision processes — average cost criterion, Ann. Math. Statist. 37 (1966) 1545–1553 (reference [39]).
  • H. M. Taylor, Markovian sequential replacement processes, Ann. Math. Statist. 36 (1965) 1677–1694 (reference [177]).
  • S. M. Ross, Non-discounted denumerable Markovian decision models, Ann. Math. Statist. 39 (1968) 412–423, and Arbitrary state Markovian decision processes, Ann. Math. Statist. 39 (1968) 2118–2122 (references [147], [148]).
  • S. M. Ross, Introduction to Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Academic Press, New York, 1983 (reference [150]).
  • L. I. Sennott, Average cost optimal stationary policies in infinite state Markov decision processes with unbounded costs, Oper. Res. 37 (1989) 626–633 (reference [156]).
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Stochastic Matrices Associated with Certain Queuing Processes 1: The M/G/1 Imbedded Chain Is Ergodic iff ρ < 1 and Recurrent iff ρ ≤ 1Research Paper

Motivation

Many queues observed at well-chosen instants are Markov chains on the nonnegative integers. For the single-server queue with Poisson arrivals and general service times (M/G/1), D. G. Kendall showed in 1951 that the number of customers left behind at successive departure epochs is such a chain, the imbedded Markov chain (Kendall 1951; Kendall 1953). Whether the queue settles into a steady state, keeps returning to empty without settling, or grows without bound is then a question about this chain: is it ergodic, null recurrent, or transient?

F. G. Foster's 1953 paper (doi:10.1214/aoms/1177728976) answers this question by first proving general criteria for an irreducible chain on {0,1,2,… }\{0,1,2,\dots\}{0,1,2,…}, stated as solvability conditions for linear inequalities in the transition matrix, and then applying them to the M/G/1 and GI/M/1 chains. Theorem 2 of the paper is the drift condition now known as Foster's criterion, the starting point of the Lyapunov-function method for the stability of queues and stochastic networks (Meyn and Tweedie 2009). This mission is the M/G/1 half of the paper.

Timeline:

  • 1951–1953, Kendall. Introduces the imbedded chains of M/G/1 and GI/M/1 and obtains most of their classification by direct methods.
  • 1953, Foster. Derives the classification from general criteria: Theorem 2 (ergodicity), Theorems 4–6 (transience and recurrence).
  • 1950s onward. The criteria become the standard tools (Feller's text; later the drift conditions of Meyn and Tweedie).

Setting

A Markov chain on the states {0,1,2,… }\{0,1,2,\dots\}{0,1,2,…} is given by a transition matrix P=[pij]P=[p_{ij}]P=[pij​]: pij≥0p_{ij}\ge0pij​≥0 and ∑jpij=1\sum_j p_{ij}=1∑j​pij​=1 for every row iii. Write fij(n)f_{ij}^{(n)}fij(n)​ for the probability that the chain started in iii first reaches jjj (for i=ji=ji=j, first returns to jjj) at step n≥1n\ge1n≥1. The chain is irreducible if every state can be reached from every other, and aperiodic if for every state the return times have greatest common divisor 111. A state jjj is recurrent if fjj=∑nfjj(n)=1f_{jj}=\sum_n f_{jj}^{(n)}=1fjj​=∑n​fjj(n)​=1 and transient if fjj<1f_{jj}<1fjj​<1; a recurrent state is ergodic (positive recurrent, "recurrent-nonnull") if in addition its mean recurrence time ∑nnfjj(n)\sum_n n f_{jj}^{(n)}∑n​nfjj(n)​ is finite. The mean first-passage time from iii to jjj is μij=∑n≥1nfij(n)∈[0,∞]\mu_{ij}=\sum_{n\ge1} n f_{ij}^{(n)}\in[0,\infty]μij​=∑n≥1​nfij(n)​∈[0,∞].

The M/G/1 matrix is built from a sequence k0,k1,…k_0,k_1,\dotsk0​,k1​,… of positive numbers summing to one (knk_nkn​ is the probability of nnn arrivals during one service):

[pij]=[k0k1k2⋯k0k1k2⋯0k0k1⋯00k0⋯⋮⋮⋮],[p_{ij}] = \begin{bmatrix} k_0 & k_1 & k_2 & \cdots \\ k_0 & k_1 & k_2 & \cdots \\ 0 & k_0 & k_1 & \cdots \\ 0 & 0 & k_0 & \cdots \\ \vdots & \vdots & \vdots & \end{bmatrix},[pij​]=​k0​k0​00⋮​k1​k1​k0​0⋮​k2​k2​k1​k0​⋮​⋯⋯⋯⋯​​,

that is, p0j=kjp_{0j}=k_jp0j​=kj​ and, for i≥1i\ge1i≥1, pij=kj−i+1p_{ij}=k_{j-i+1}pij​=kj−i+1​ when j≥i−1j\ge i-1j≥i−1 and 000 otherwise. The traffic intensity is

ρ=∑n=1∞n kn∈[0,∞],\rho=\sum_{n=1}^{\infty}n\,k_n\in[0,\infty],ρ=n=1∑∞​nkn​∈[0,∞],

the mean number of arrivals per service.

Formalization targets

Goal: the M/G/1 classification (§3, p. 358)

the chain is ergodic  ⟺  ρ<1,the chain is recurrent  ⟺  ρ≤1.\text{the chain is ergodic}\iff\rho<1,\qquad\text{the chain is recurrent}\iff\rho\le1 .the chain is ergodic⟺ρ<1,the chain is recurrent⟺ρ≤1.

The goal leaves kkk arbitrary apart from positivity and normalization; in particular ρ=∞\rho=\inftyρ=∞ is allowed and falls in the transient case.

Milestones (the paper's general theorems and the step of §3 they feed)

  1. Theorem 2 (drift criterion): a nonnegative solution of ∑jpijyj≤yi−1\sum_j p_{ij}y_j\le y_i-1∑j​pij​yj​≤yi​−1 (i≠0i\ne0i=0) with ∑jp0jyj<∞\sum_j p_{0j}y_j<\infty∑j​p0j​yj​<∞ makes the system ergodic. Already posed on the platform and referenced here.
  2. Theorem 3: in an ergodic system the mean first-passage times dj=μj0d_j=\mu_{j0}dj​=μj0​ are finite and satisfy ∑j≥1pijdj=di−1\sum_{j\ge1}p_{ij}d_j=d_i-1∑j≥1​pij​dj​=di​−1 (i≠0i\ne0i=0), ∑j≥1p0jdj<∞\sum_{j\ge1}p_{0j}d_j<\infty∑j≥1​p0j​dj​<∞.
  3. §3 display: for the ergodic M/G/1 chain, μi,i−1=μ10\mu_{i,i-1}=\mu_{10}μi,i−1​=μ10​ and μi0=iμ10\mu_{i0}=i\mu_{10}μi0​=iμ10​ (i≠0i\ne0i=0).
  4. Theorem 5: a solution of ∑jpijyj≤yi\sum_j p_{ij}y_j\le y_i∑j​pij​yj​≤yi​ (i≠0i\ne0i=0) with yi→∞y_i\to\inftyyi​→∞ makes the system recurrent.
  5. Theorem 7: for a probability distribution {pn}\{p_n\}{pn​} with p0>0p_0>0p0​>0, ∑nznpn=z\sum_n z^np_n=z∑n​znpn​=z has a root in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) iff ∑n≥1npn>1\sum_{n\ge1}np_n>1∑n≥1​npn​>1.
  6. Theorem 4: the system is transient iff ∑jpijyj=yi\sum_j p_{ij}y_j=y_i∑j​pij​yj​=yi​ (i≠0i\ne0i=0) has a bounded nonconstant solution.

Significance

The result. The classification is the stability theorem for the M/G/1 queue: for ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1 the departure-epoch queue length has a stationary distribution, which is what the Pollaczek–Khinchine formula describes; for ρ=1\rho=1ρ=1 the queue empties infinitely often but has no steady state; for ρ>1\rho>1ρ>1 it grows without bound. The general criteria behind it (Theorems 2, 4, 5) apply to any chain on the nonnegative integers and are reused in the companion GI/M/1 mission and throughout queueing and Markov-chain stability theory.

Formalizing it. All results here are proved on paper (Kendall and Foster, 1951–1953, with Theorems 3 and 7 classical lemmas from Feller). None of them is known to have a machine-checked proof against a Lean development of countable-state Markov chains. The mission produces such proofs on the published discrete-chain vocabulary (transition matrices, first-passage probabilities, return probabilities, positive recurrence), together with the general Foster criteria as reusable theorems. Theorem 2 is already posed as an open platform theorem and is reused here.

Difficulty

The queue-specific part of the argument is short once the general criteria are available; the weight of the mission is in those criteria. They relate qualitative properties of an infinite chain (ergodicity, recurrence, transience) to solvability of infinite systems of linear inequalities, and this needs limit behaviour of the nnn-step probabilities pij(n)p_{ij}^{(n)}pij(n)​ and of hitting probabilities of state 000, none of which follows from finite-state arguments. Two further points resist the naive approach. The converse directions (ergodic ⇒ρ<1\Rightarrow\rho<1⇒ρ<1, recurrent ⇒ρ≤1\Rightarrow\rho\le1⇒ρ≤1) need exact identities for mean first-passage times, not just bounds, and these must be handled in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] because the means may be infinite. And the boundary case ρ=1\rho=1ρ=1 (null recurrence) separates the two equivalences: an argument that only compares the mean drift ρ−1\rho-1ρ−1 with 000, such as a law of large numbers for the increments, cannot tell recurrence from transience there.

Formalization scope

  • The chain is the published QueueingFundamentals.Foundations.TransitionMatrix (entries P.p i j, rows summing to 111 as a HasSum), with its firstPassage, returnProb, Irreducible, Aperiodic and PositiveRecurrent. "Ergodic" is P.PositiveRecurrent; aperiodicity is the paper's standing assumption and is not folded into it a second time.
  • States are indexed from 000, as in the paper; "i≠0i\ne0i=0" is i ≠ 0.
  • The M/G/1 matrix is a function mg1Matrix k : ℕ → ℕ → ℝ; the goal and the §3 display quantify over every TransitionMatrix P with P.p = mg1Matrix k. Such a P exists for every admissible k (checked in a sorry-free local file for ki=2−(i+1)k_i=2^{-(i+1)}ki​=2−(i+1)).
  • ∑nkn=1\sum_n k_n=1∑n​kn​=1 is added as the meaning of "stochastic matrix"; §3 writes only ki>0k_i>0ki​>0.
  • ρ\rhoρ and all mean first-passage times are extended nonnegative reals ([0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]), so divergent means are ∞\infty∞, never 000. Theorem 7's mean is also taken in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].
  • Recurrent means fjj=1f_{jj}=1fjj​=1 for every state jjj; transient means fjj<1f_{jj}<1fjj​<1 for every state. For irreducible chains these are complementary, which is a theorem, not a definition.
  • The general Theorems 3, 4 and 5 assume irreducibility and aperiodicity, the paper's standing assumption of §1. The goal does not assume them: they follow from ki>0k_i>0ki​>0.
  • Every series in a hypothesis carries its convergence (Summable or HasSum); Theorem 3's equation (6) is written as di=1+∑j≥1pijdjd_i=1+\sum_{j\ge1}p_{ij}d_jdi​=1+∑j≥1​pij​dj​ in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] together with finiteness of the djd_jdj​, j≠0j\ne0j=0.
  • Theorem 7's distribution is renamed qqq in Lean to avoid a clash with pijp_{ij}pij​. Theorem 1 of the paper (§2) and Theorem 6 are not targets of this mission.

Ruled out: ρ\rhoρ as a real tsum (which is 000 for a divergent series and would call a heavy-tailed chain ergodic); defining "ergodic" or "recurrent" through the existence of Lyapunov or drift functions (which would make the criteria tautological); a goal over a matrix PPP that need not exist.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the general criteria (Theorems 2–5) on the published chain vocabulary, the limit theorem pij(n)→πjp_{ij}^{(n)}\to\pi_jpij(n)​→πj​ for irreducible aperiodic chains, first-step analysis for hitting times, and Theorem 7 as a lemma on probability generating functions; all of these are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • F. G. Foster, On the stochastic matrices associated with certain queuing processes, The Annals of Mathematical Statistics 24(3), 355–360, 1953. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728976
  • D. G. Kendall, Some problems in the theory of queues, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society B 13(2), 151–185, 1951. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1951.tb00093.x
  • D. G. Kendall, Stochastic processes occurring in the theory of queues and their analysis by the method of the imbedded Markov chain, The Annals of Mathematical Statistics 24(3), 338–354, 1953. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728975
  • W. Feller, An Introduction to Probability Theory and Its Applications, Vol. I, Wiley, 1950.
  • S. Meyn and R. L. Tweedie, Markov Chains and Stochastic Stability, 2nd ed., Cambridge University Press, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511626630
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
ProbabilityReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Linear Least-Squares Algorithms for Temporal Difference Learning II: Probability-One Convergence of LS TD on Ergodic Markov ChainsResearch Paper

Motivation

Temporal-difference (TD) learning estimates the value function of a Markov chain — the expected discounted sum of future rewards from each state — from a single stream of observed transitions, without knowing the transition probabilities. With a linear function approximator the value of state xxx is represented as ϕx′θ\phi_x'\thetaϕx′​θ for a feature vector ϕx\phi_xϕx​ and a parameter θ\thetaθ. Classical TD(λ\lambdaλ) updates θ\thetaθ by stochastic approximation, and its behaviour depends on a step-size schedule that must be tuned.

Bradtke and Barto (Machine Learning 22, 1996) replaced the stochastic-approximation update by a least-squares solve: LS TD (Eq. (11)) recomputes θt\theta_tθt​ at every step as the instrumental-variable least-squares solution of the empirical consistency condition. The method, later generalized as LSTD(λ\lambdaλ) by Boyan (Machine Learning 49, 2002), is the basis of least-squares policy iteration and of the "LSTD" methods in standard reinforcement-learning texts (Sutton and Barto, Reinforcement Learning, 2nd ed., 2018, §9.8). Its appeal is that it has no step size; the question this mission formalizes is whether it nonetheless converges, with probability one, to the true parameter.

Timeline. Sutton (1988) introduced TD(λ\lambdaλ). Watkins and Dayan (1992) and Tsitsiklis (1994) proved probability-one convergence of tabular TD(0) and Q-learning. Bradtke and Barto (1996) proved probability-one convergence of LS TD on absorbing chains (Theorem 1) and on ergodic chains (Theorem 2). Tsitsiklis and Van Roy (IEEE TAC 42, 1997) proved convergence of linear TD(λ\lambdaλ) with general features on ergodic chains.

Setting

A finite Markov chain on a finite nonempty set XXX is a matrix PPP with P(x,y)≥0P(x,y)\ge0P(x,y)≥0 and ∑yP(x,y)=1\sum_yP(x,y)=1∑y​P(x,y)=1. A transition x→yx\to yx→y earns reward R(x,y)R(x,y)R(x,y); the expected reward out of xxx is rˉx=∑yP(x,y)R(x,y)\bar r_x=\sum_yP(x,y)R(x,y)rˉx​=∑y​P(x,y)R(x,y). For a discount factor γ\gammaγ the value function is

V(x)=E{∑k=0∞γkrk ∣ x0=x}=∑k=0∞γk(Pkrˉ)(x).V(x)=E\Big\{\sum_{k=0}^\infty\gamma^kr_k\ \Big|\ x_0=x\Big\}=\sum_{k=0}^\infty\gamma^k(P^k\bar r)(x).V(x)=E{k=0∑∞​γkrk​ ​ x0​=x}=k=0∑∞​γk(Pkrˉ)(x).

The chain is ergodic (Kemeny and Snell) if every state can be reached from every state: for all x,yx,yx,y there is nnn with Pn(x,y)>0P^n(x,y)>0Pn(x,y)>0. An invariant distribution is a probability vector π\piπ with πP=π\pi P=\piπP=π; write Π=diag⁡(π)\Pi=\operatorname{diag}(\pi)Π=diag(π).

Each state has a feature vector ϕx∈Rm\phi_x\in\mathbb R^mϕx​∈Rm; Φ\PhiΦ is the matrix with rows ϕx\phi_xϕx​. The true parameter θ∗\theta^*θ∗ is a vector with V(x)=ϕx′θ∗V(x)=\phi_x'\theta^*V(x)=ϕx′​θ∗ for all xxx.

The algorithm (Figure 3) starts at an arbitrary state x0x_0x0​, lets the chain move x0→x1→⋯x_0\to x_1\to\cdotsx0​→x1​→⋯, and after ttt transitions computes

θt=[1t∑kϕxk(ϕxk−γϕxk+1)′]−1[1t∑kϕxkR(xk,xk+1)],(11)\theta_t=\Big[\frac1t\sum_{k}\phi_{x_k}(\phi_{x_k}-\gamma\phi_{x_{k+1}})'\Big]^{-1}\Big[\frac1t\sum_k\phi_{x_k}R(x_k,x_{k+1})\Big],\tag{11}θt​=[t1​k∑​ϕxk​​(ϕxk​​−γϕxk+1​​)′]−1[t1​k∑​ϕxk​​R(xk​,xk+1​)],(11)

the sums running over the ttt transitions observed so far.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 44)

If PPP is ergodic, (1) {ϕx}\{\phi_x\}{ϕx​} is linearly independent, (2) each ϕx\phi_xϕx​ has dimension ∣X∣|X|∣X∣, and (3) 0<γ<10<\gamma<10<γ<1, then θ∗\theta^*θ∗ is finite and, from any initial law,

θt⟶θ∗with probability 1.\theta_t\longrightarrow\theta^*\qquad\text{with probability }1 .θt​⟶θ∗with probability 1.

The goal leaves the chain, the rewards, the features and the initial law arbitrary.

Milestones, in the order of the proof

  1. Visit frequencies (Proof of Theorem 2, p. 45): an ergodic chain visits every state infinitely often and #{k<t:xk=x}/t→πx\#\{k<t:x_k=x\}/t\to\pi_x#{k<t:xk​=x}/t→πx​ almost surely.
  2. Invertibility (Proof of Theorem 2, p. 45): πx>0\pi_x>0πx​>0 for all xxx, and Φ′Π(I−γP)Φ\Phi'\Pi(I-\gamma P)\PhiΦ′Π(I−γP)Φ is invertible.
  3. The pathwise limit (Proof of Lemma 5, pp. 54–55): along any path whose transition frequencies converge to πxP(x,y)\pi_xP(x,y)πx​P(x,y), θt→[Φ′Π(I−γP)Φ]−1[Φ′Πrˉ]\theta_t\to[\Phi'\Pi(I-\gamma P)\Phi]^{-1}[\Phi'\Pi\bar r]θt​→[Φ′Π(I−γP)Φ]−1[Φ′Πrˉ].
  4. Lemma 5 (p. 43): for any chain, if almost surely every state is visited infinitely often and in proportion π\piπ, and Φ′Π(I−γP)Φ\Phi'\Pi(I-\gamma P)\PhiΦ′Π(I−γP)Φ is invertible, then θt→[Φ′Π(I−γP)Φ]−1[Φ′Πrˉ]\theta_t\to[\Phi'\Pi(I-\gamma P)\Phi]^{-1}[\Phi'\Pi\bar r]θt​→[Φ′Π(I−γP)Φ]−1[Φ′Πrˉ] almost surely.
  5. Eq. (12) (p. 44): the value series converges and rˉ=(I−γP)Φθ∗\bar r=(I-\gamma P)\Phi\theta^*rˉ=(I−γP)Φθ∗.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 shows that an LS TD learner running on one long trajectory recovers the exact value function whenever the features can represent every function on the states, with no step-size schedule. It is the step-size-free counterpart of the tabular TD(0) convergence theorems and the starting point for the later analysis of LSTD with fewer features than states, where the limit is the TD fixed point [Φ′Π(I−γP)Φ]−1Φ′Πrˉ[\Phi'\Pi(I-\gamma P)\Phi]^{-1}\Phi'\Pi\bar r[Φ′Π(I−γP)Φ]−1Φ′Πrˉ rather than θ∗\theta^*θ∗. Lemma 5 is the general identification of that fixed point as the almost-sure limit of LSTD.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; it has not been machine-checked. A formalization adds three things the paper delegates: the strong law of large numbers for occupation times of a finite irreducible Markov chain, which the paper cites to Kemeny and Snell and which is not in Mathlib; the per-state transition frequencies used in the first sentence of the proof of Lemma 5; and the linear algebra of the limit. The first is reusable well beyond reinforcement learning.

Difficulty

The algebra is short once the empirical averages in (11) are known to converge. The difficulty is probabilistic: the averages are over a dependent sequence, so the ordinary strong law of large numbers does not apply. Two facts are needed: that the fraction of time in each state converges to πx\pi_xπx​ almost surely for any starting law, including periodic chains, where PnP^nPn itself does not converge; and that, among the visits to xxx, the fraction followed by a move to yyy converges to P(x,y)P(x,y)P(x,y), which needs the strong Markov property at successive visit times. Neither follows from convergence of the chain's distribution, and neither holds for a chain started at a fixed state without an argument that every state is reached.

Formalization scope

  • The model is a finite state type X with Fintype, DecidableEq, Nonempty, a row-stochastic matrix P : Matrix X X ℝ (structure Chain), rewards R : X → X → ℝ, features φ : X → Fin m → ℝ. Condition (2) is m = Fintype.card X; condition (1) is LinearIndependent ℝ φ.
  • "Ergodic" is read as irreducible, periodic chains allowed (Kemeny–Snell's aperiodic case is "regular"). "Arbitrary initial state" is read as every initial law ν\nuν, which contains every point mass.
  • The path is any process ZZZ on any probability space whose finite-dimensional distributions are ν(x0)P(x0,x1)⋯P(xn−1,xn)\nu(x_0)P(x_0,x_1)\cdots P(x_{n-1},x_n)ν(x0​)P(x0​,x1​)⋯P(xn−1​,xn​), with measurable events {Zt=x}\{Z_t=x\}{Zt​=x}.
  • VVV is the discounted series, never (I−γP)−1rˉ(I-\gamma P)^{-1}\bar r(I−γP)−1rˉ; Lean's tsum is 000 on a divergent series, so "θ* is finite" is stated as convergence of the series together with existence of θ∗\theta^*θ∗ with V=Φθ∗V=\Phi\theta^*V=Φθ∗. θ∗\theta^*θ∗ is existential, never defined as Lemma 5's limit.
  • (11) uses the transitions k=0,…,t−1k=0,\dots,t-1k=0,…,t−1 (the paper prints k=1,…,tk=1,\dots,tk=1,…,t with ϕt+1\phi_{t+1}ϕt+1​; an index shift), keeps the factors 1/t1/t1/t, and uses Lean's matrix inverse, which is 000 on a singular matrix: the paper notes θt\theta_tθt​ is undefined for small ttt, and finitely many junk values do not affect convergence. No εI\varepsilon IεI regularization, no pseudo-inverse.
  • θLSTD=lim⁡tθt\theta_{\rm LSTD}=\lim_t\theta_tθLSTD​=limt​θt​ is formalized as convergence of θt\theta_tθt​ (existence of the limit is part of the claim).
  • The convergence is almost sure. A formalization that assumes the visit frequencies converge in the goal, starts the chain from π\piπ, or weakens the conclusion to convergence in probability or along a subsequence is a different theorem.

Needed infrastructure: the strong law for occupation times of a finite irreducible chain under an arbitrary initial law (milestone 1), the strong Markov property at visit times, positivity of the invariant distribution of an irreducible chain, and the invertibility of I−γPI-\gamma PI−γP for ∣γ∣<1|\gamma|<1∣γ∣<1. Contributions to any of these, as standalone lemmas, are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. J. Bradtke and A. G. Barto, Linear Least-Squares Algorithms for Temporal Difference Learning, Machine Learning 22, 33–57, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1018056104778
  • J. G. Kemeny and J. L. Snell, Finite Markov Chains, Springer, 1976.
  • J. A. Boyan, Technical Update: Least-Squares Temporal Difference Learning, Machine Learning 49, 233–246, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1017936530646
  • J. N. Tsitsiklis and B. Van Roy, An Analysis of Temporal-Difference Learning with Function Approximation, IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control 42(5), 674–690, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1109/9.580874
  • R. S. Sutton and A. G. Barto, Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction, 2nd ed., MIT Press, 2018. http://incompleteideas.net/book/the-book-2nd.html
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Fundamentals of Queueing Theory I: Foster's Criterion for Positive RecurrenceTextbook

Motivation

Almost every model in queueing theory is analysed through a Markov chain. The number of customers in an M/M/c queue is a continuous-time birth–death chain; the number left behind by departing customers of an M/G/1 queue is a discrete-parameter chain on {0,1,2,… }\{0,1,2,\dots\}{0,1,2,…} (the imbedded Markov chain); networks of queues are chains on vectors of queue lengths. Before any steady-state formula (Erlang's formulas, the Pollaczek–Khintchine formula, product forms) can be used, one has to know that the chain has a steady state at all: that it is positive recurrent, so that a stationary distribution exists and equals the limiting distribution.

Chapter 1 of Gross, Shortle, Thompson and Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory (4th ed., Wiley 2008, DOI 10.1002/9781118625651), collects the two ingredients the rest of the book stands on: the Poisson process with its exponential interarrival times (§§1.7–1.8), and the classification theory of discrete-parameter Markov chains (§1.9), ending with Foster's criterion (Theorem 1.2), a sufficient condition for positive recurrence in terms of a drift inequality. The criterion goes back to F. G. Foster, On the stochastic matrices associated with certain queuing processes, Ann. Math. Statist. 24 (1953) (DOI 10.1214/aoms/1177728976), and is the ancestor of the Foster–Lyapunov method used for stability of queueing networks and stochastic systems.

This mission is the first of a series formalizing the book chapter by chapter.

Setting

A homogeneous discrete-parameter Markov chain on {0,1,2,… }\{0,1,2,\dots\}{0,1,2,…} is given by a transition matrix P={pij}P=\{p_{ij}\}P={pij​} with pij≥0p_{ij}\ge0pij​≥0 and ∑jpij=1\sum_j p_{ij}=1∑j​pij​=1 for every iii. The mmm-step transition probabilities pij(m)p_{ij}^{(m)}pij(m)​ are the entries of PmP^mPm.

The first-passage probability fij(n)f_{ij}^{(n)}fij(n)​ is the probability that the chain started in iii enters jjj for the first time at step n≥1n\ge1n≥1; for i=ji=ji=j it is the probability of first return at step nnn. The return probability is fjj=∑n≥1fjj(n)f_{jj}=\sum_{n\ge1}f_{jj}^{(n)}fjj​=∑n≥1​fjj(n)​ and the mean recurrence time is mjj=∑n≥1nfjj(n)∈[0,∞]m_{jj}=\sum_{n\ge1}n f_{jj}^{(n)}\in[0,\infty]mjj​=∑n≥1​nfjj(n)​∈[0,∞]. A state is positive recurrent if fjj=1f_{jj}=1fjj​=1 and mjj<∞m_{jj}<\inftymjj​<∞; the chain is positive recurrent if every state is.

The chain is irreducible if for every pair of states (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) some pij(n)p_{ij}^{(n)}pij(n)​ is positive, and aperiodic if for every state kkk the greatest common divisor of {n≥1:pkk(n)>0}\{n\ge1:p_{kk}^{(n)}>0\}{n≥1:pkk(n)​>0} is 111. A stationary distribution is a probability vector π\piπ with π=πP\pi=\pi Pπ=πP, i.e. πj=∑iπipij\pi_j=\sum_i\pi_i p_{ij}πj​=∑i​πi​pij​ for every jjj.

For the Poisson part, T0,T1,…T_0,T_1,\dotsT0​,T1​,… are independent interarrival times, each exponentially distributed with rate λ>0\lambda>0λ>0; the arrival epochs are Sn=T0+⋯+Tn−1S_n=T_0+\dots+T_{n-1}Sn​=T0​+⋯+Tn−1​, and N(t)=#{n≥1:Sn≤t}N(t)=\#\{n\ge1:S_n\le t\}N(t)=#{n≥1:Sn​≤t} counts the arrivals in [0,t][0,t][0,t].

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.2 (Foster's criterion)

An irreducible, aperiodic chain is positive recurrent if there exist xj≥0x_j\ge0xj​≥0 with

∑j=0∞pijxj≤xi−1(i≠0),∑j=0∞p0jxj<∞.\sum_{j=0}^\infty p_{ij}x_j\le x_i-1\quad(i\ne0),\qquad\sum_{j=0}^\infty p_{0j}x_j<\infty .j=0∑∞​pij​xj​≤xi​−1(i=0),j=0∑∞​p0j​xj​<∞.

Milestones: the Markov chain theorems

  • Theorem 1.1(a). In an irreducible, positive recurrent chain, πj=1/mjj\pi_j=1/m_{jj}πj​=1/mjj​ is a stationary distribution, and it is the only one.
  • Theorem 1.1(c). If moreover the chain is aperiodic and all moments of π\piπ are finite, then lim⁡m→∞pij(m)=πj\lim_{m\to\infty}p_{ij}^{(m)}=\pi_jlimm→∞​pij(m)​=πj​ for all i,ji,ji,j.

Milestones: the Poisson process and the exponential distribution

  • Eqs. (1.11)–(1.14). The unique solution of p0′=−λp0p_0'=-\lambda p_0p0′​=−λp0​, pn′=−λpn+λpn−1p_n'=-\lambda p_n+\lambda p_{n-1}pn′​=−λpn​+λpn−1​ with p0(0)=1p_0(0)=1p0​(0)=1, pn(0)=0p_n(0)=0pn​(0)=0 is pn(t)=(λt)ne−λt/n!p_n(t)=(\lambda t)^n e^{-\lambda t}/n!pn​(t)=(λt)ne−λt/n!.
  • Eq. (1.15). With exponential interarrival times,
Pr⁡{N(t)≤n}=∫t∞λ(λx)nn!e−λxdx=∑i=0n(λt)ie−λti!.\Pr\{N(t)\le n\}=\int_t^\infty\frac{\lambda(\lambda x)^n}{n!}e^{-\lambda x}dx=\sum_{i=0}^n\frac{(\lambda t)^ie^{-\lambda t}}{i!}.Pr{N(t)≤n}=∫t∞​n!λ(λx)n​e−λxdx=i=0∑n​i!(λt)ie−λt​.
  • Eq. (1.16). Given N(L)=kN(L)=kN(L)=k, the arrival epochs have density k!/Lkk!/L^kk!/Lk on {0<t1<⋯<tk<L}\{0<t_1<\dots<t_k<L\}{0<t1​<⋯<tk​<L}.
  • Eq. (1.17) and its converse (p.21). The exponential law satisfies Pr⁡{T≤t1∣T≥t0}=Pr⁡{0≤T≤t1−t0}\Pr\{T\le t_1\mid T\ge t_0\}=\Pr\{0\le T\le t_1-t_0\}Pr{T≤t1​∣T≥t0​}=Pr{0≤T≤t1​−t0​}, and it is the only continuous distribution on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) that does.
  • Nonhomogeneous Poisson law (p.22). With a continuous rate λ(t)\lambda(t)λ(t) the forward equations have the unique solution pn(t)=e−m(t)m(t)n/n!p_n(t)=e^{-m(t)}m(t)^n/n!pn​(t)=e−m(t)m(t)n/n!, m(t)=∫0tλ(s) dsm(t)=\int_0^t\lambda(s)\,dsm(t)=∫0t​λ(s)ds.

Significance

Foster's criterion reduces positive recurrence, a statement about return times, to exhibiting one test function xxx with negative drift outside a single state. In the book it is the tool that establishes the existence of steady state for imbedded chains of the M/G/1 and G/M/1 queues (Chapter 5); its generalizations are the standard stability proofs for queueing networks. Theorem 1.1 then supplies what positive recurrence buys: the stationary distribution exists, is unique, equals 1/mjj1/m_{jj}1/mjj​, and is the limit of the transition probabilities. The Poisson results justify the "Markovian" arrivals and services of Chapters 2–4.

All of these results are classical and proved in the literature; the book states Theorems 1.1 and 1.2 without proof. The Prove2Me platform already holds machine-checked versions of related Markov chain theorems in other missions (Levin–Peres–Wilmer's and Durrett's countable-chain convergence theorems), stated with different definitions and hypotheses. What this mission adds is a formal development in the book's own terms — first-passage probabilities fjj(n)f_{jj}^{(n)}fjj(n)​, mean recurrence times mjjm_{jj}mjj​, gcd periodicity — on which the later missions of the series (imbedded chains, birth–death processes) can build, together with a formal proof of Foster's criterion, which is not on the platform.

Difficulty

For Foster's criterion the natural first step, taking expectations of the drift inequality along the chain, only shows that the expected value of xxx decreases while the chain stays away from 000. Turning that into a bound on the expected return time to 000 requires an optional-stopping or telescoping argument over a random time, with the value xxx possibly unbounded, and a separate argument that positive recurrence of state 000 propagates to all states of an irreducible chain. The book's hypotheses include aperiodicity, which the argument does not use.

For Theorem 1.1, identifying the stationary distribution with 1/mjj1/m_{jj}1/mjj​ requires relating the matrix powers PnP^nPn to the first-passage probabilities (a renewal decomposition), and uniqueness over countably many states needs care with infinite sums. For the Poisson results, the difficulty is measure-theoretic: the distribution of the sum of n+1n+1n+1 exponential variables, and conditioning on the event {N(L)=k}\{N(L)=k\}{N(L)=k} for the order-statistics property.

Formalization scope

States are natural numbers; the transition matrix is a real function p:N×N→Rp:\mathbb N\times\mathbb N\to\mathbb Rp:N×N→R with nonnegative entries and rows summing to one (as a convergent series). The return probability and the mean recurrence time are valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so null recurrence (mjj=∞m_{jj}=\inftymjj​=∞) is representable. Irreducibility is the per-pair notion. Stationary equations are stated componentwise with convergent series.

In Foster's criterion the series ∑jpijxj\sum_j p_{ij}x_j∑j​pij​xj​ are required to converge for every iii, which is the book's condition ∑jp0jxj<∞\sum_j p_{0j}x_j<\infty∑j​p0j​xj​<∞ together with the finiteness implicit in the inequalities for i≠0i\ne0i=0; xxx is real-valued and nonnegative. Dropping the convergence requirement would let a divergent row series (whose Lean sum is 000) satisfy the inequality vacuously; allowing xj=∞x_j=\inftyxj​=∞ would make the hypothesis trivially satisfiable. Neither is permitted.

The closed forms stated explicitly are: πj=1/mjj\pi_j=1/m_{jj}πj​=1/mjj​ (Theorem 1.1(a), with both existence and uniqueness), the Poisson probabilities (λt)ne−λt/n!(\lambda t)^ne^{-\lambda t}/n!(λt)ne−λt/n! (1.14), the Erlang tail integral and the Poisson CDF (1.15), the density k!/Lkk!/L^kk!/Lk (1.16), and e−m(t)m(t)n/n!e^{-m(t)}m(t)^n/n!e−m(t)m(t)n/n! for the nonhomogeneous law. Equations (1.14) and the nonhomogeneous law are stated as "solves the equations with the initial conditions if and only if equals the closed form", so both existence and uniqueness are asserted.

The Poisson results use random variables on a probability space, with Mathlib's expMeasure for the exponential law and cond for conditional probability. The derivation of the forward equations from the o(Δt)o(\Delta t)o(Δt) axioms of §1.7 is not formalized; the Poisson law is reached from the equations and, separately, from exponential interarrival times.

Not formalized: Theorem 1.1(b) and the word "ergodic" in 1.1(c), which rest on the book's informal notion of ergodicity; Theorem 1.3, whose phrase "for Theorem 1.1 to be valid" for a continuous-time chain is not pinned down.

The Markov chain definitions are reusable by every later mission that studies an imbedded chain. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, and supporting lemmas (Chapman–Kolmogorov, renewal decomposition of pjj(n)p_{jj}^{(n)}pjj(n)​, class properties of recurrence).

Selected references

  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
  • F. G. Foster, On the stochastic matrices associated with certain queuing processes, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 24 (1953), 355–360. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728976
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchProbability+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems VII: The (BOR) Assumptions and Positive Recurrence of Optimal PoliciesTextbook

Motivation

Queueing control problems (admission control, routing, service rate selection) are naturally modelled as Markov decision chains with a countably infinite state space and unbounded costs, for instance a holding cost that grows with the queue length. For such models the long-run average cost criterion is often the relevant one, and the central question is whether an optimal stationary policy exists and can be computed from an average cost optimality equation (ACOE). Chapter 7 of Linn I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems (Wiley, 1999, doi:10.1002/9780470317037) develops a verifiable set of conditions, the (SEN) assumptions, under which an average cost optimality inequality (ACOI) holds and yields an optimal stationary policy. The inequality may be strict (Example 7.3.1), and an optimal policy may induce a Markov chain without positive recurrent states.

Sections 7.4 and 7.5 answer two practical questions: when is the ACOI in fact an equation, and how can (SEN) be checked in a concrete model? The answer culminates in the (BOR) assumptions, which require only one well-behaved stationary policy and the finiteness of a set of low-cost states.

According to the book's bibliographic notes (p. 163): the (BOR) assumptions modify a line of development due to Borkar (SIAM J. Control Optim. 22, 1984, and 27, 1989; monograph 1991) and are weaker than his original conditions; the proof that (BOR) implies (SEN) is from Cavazos-Cadena and Sennott (Oper. Res. Letters 11, 1992), and the version of (BOR) used here is from Sennott (Prob. Eng. Inform. Sci. 7, 1993). Proposition 7.5.5 and the (CAV*) assumptions go back to Cavazos-Cadena (Kybernetika 25, 1989); Proposition 7.5.3 and Corollary 7.5.4 to Sennott (Oper. Res. 37, 1989).

Setting

A Markov decision chain consists of a countable state space SSS, finite nonempty action sets AiA_iAi​, nonnegative finite costs C(i,a)C(i,a)C(i,a) and transition probabilities Pij(a)P_{ij}(a)Pij​(a). A policy θ\thetaθ may use the whole history and randomize. For α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1) the discount value function is Vα(i)=inf⁡θVθ,α(i)V_\alpha(i)=\inf_\theta V_{\theta,\alpha}(i)Vα​(i)=infθ​Vθ,α​(i), the infimum of ∑tαtEθ[C(Xt,At)∣X0=i]\sum_t\alpha^tE_\theta[C(X_t,A_t)\mid X_0=i]∑t​αtEθ​[C(Xt​,At​)∣X0​=i]; the average cost of θ\thetaθ is Jθ(i)=lim sup⁡n1nEθ[∑t<nC(Xt,At)∣X0=i]J_\theta(i)=\limsup_n\frac1nE_\theta[\sum_{t<n}C(X_t,A_t)\mid X_0=i]Jθ​(i)=limsupn​n1​Eθ​[∑t<n​C(Xt​,At​)∣X0​=i] and the minimum average cost is J(i)=inf⁡θJθ(i)J(i)=\inf_\theta J_\theta(i)J(i)=infθ​Jθ​(i). All of these lie in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].

For a distinguished state zzz the relative value is hα(i)=Vα(i)−Vα(z)h_\alpha(i)=V_\alpha(i)-V_\alpha(z)hα​(i)=Vα​(i)−Vα​(z). The (SEN) assumptions are: (SEN1) (1−α)Vα(z)(1-\alpha)V_\alpha(z)(1−α)Vα​(z) is bounded on (0,1)(0,1)(0,1); (SEN2) hα≤Mh_\alpha\le Mhα​≤M for a finite function M≥0M\ge0M≥0; (SEN3) hα≥−Lh_\alpha\ge-Lhα​≥−L for a finite constant L≥0L\ge0L≥0. Under (SEN), J=lim⁡α→1−(1−α)Vα(i)J=\lim_{\alpha\to1^-}(1-\alpha)V_\alpha(i)J=limα→1−​(1−α)Vα​(i) is a finite constant, and a limit function hhh is a pointwise limit of hβnh_{\beta_n}hβn​​ along some βn→1−\beta_n\to1^-βn​→1−. The ACOI and ACOE read

J+h(i) ≥ (resp. =) min⁡a∈Ai{C(i,a)+∑jPij(a)h(j)},i∈S.J+h(i)\ \ge\ (\text{resp. }=)\ \min_{a\in A_i}\Big\{C(i,a)+\sum_jP_{ij}(a)h(j)\Big\},\qquad i\in S.J+h(i) ≥ (resp. =) a∈Ai​min​{C(i,a)+j∑​Pij​(a)h(j)},i∈S.

For a nonempty set GGG the first passage time is T=min⁡{n≥1:Xn∈G}T=\min\{n\ge1:X_n\in G\}T=min{n≥1:Xn​∈G}. The class ℜ(i,G)\Re(i,G)ℜ(i,G) consists of the policies that, from iii, enter GGG with probability one in finite expected time miG(θ)m_{iG}(\theta)miG​(θ); ℜ∗(i,G)\Re^*(i,G)ℜ∗(i,G) adds a finite expected first passage cost ciG(θ)=Eθ[∑t<TC(Xt,At)]c_{iG}(\theta)=E_\theta[\sum_{t<T}C(X_t,A_t)]ciG​(θ)=Eθ​[∑t<T​C(Xt​,At​)]. A (randomized) stationary policy ddd is zzz standard if the Markov chain it induces has miz<∞m_{iz}<\inftymiz​<∞ and ciz<∞c_{iz}<\inftyciz​<∞ for every iii; it then has a single positive recurrent class Rd∋zR_d\ni zRd​∋z and a finite constant average cost JdJ_dJd​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.5.6

Assume (BOR): (BOR1) a zzz standard policy ddd exists; (BOR2) for some ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 the set D={i:C(i,a)≤Jd+ε for some a}D=\{i: C(i,a)\le J_d+\varepsilon\text{ for some }a\}D={i:C(i,a)≤Jd​+ε for some a} is finite; (BOR3) every i∈D−Rdi\in D-R_di∈D−Rd​ can be reached from zzz by some θi∈ℜ∗(z,i)\theta_i\in\Re^*(z,i)θi​∈ℜ∗(z,i). Then (SEN) holds and every limit function satisfies the ACOE; every average cost optimal stationary policy eee has a positive recurrent state in

D(e)={i:C(i,e)≤J+ε},D(e)=\{i: C(i,e)\le J+\varepsilon\},D(e)={i:C(i,e)≤J+ε},

at most ∣D(e)∣|D(e)|∣D(e)∣ positive recurrent classes and no null recurrent class; and a policy realizing the minimum in the ACOE satisfies e∈ℜ∗(i,D(e)∩R(e))e\in\Re^*(i,D(e)\cap R(e))e∈ℜ∗(i,D(e)∩R(e)) for every iii.

Milestones

  • Lemma 7.4.1: hα(i)≤ciz(θi)h_\alpha(i)\le c_{iz}(\theta_i)hα​(i)≤ciz​(θi​) for θi∈ℜ∗(i,z)\theta_i\in\Re^*(i,z)θi​∈ℜ∗(i,z), hence (SEN2).
  • Lemma 7.4.2: h(i)≤ciG(θ)−JmiG(θ)+Eθ[h(XT)]h(i)\le c_{iG}(\theta)-Jm_{iG}(\theta)+E_\theta[h(X_T)]h(i)≤ciG​(θ)−JmiG​(θ)+Eθ​[h(XT​)] for θ∈ℜ(i,G)\theta\in\Re(i,G)θ∈ℜ(i,G) under an integrability condition.
  • Theorem 7.4.3: four sufficient conditions for equality in the ACOI at a state.
  • Lemma 7.5.2: Jd=(1−α)∑i∈Rπi(d)Vd,α(i)J_d=(1-\alpha)\sum_{i\in R}\pi_i(d)V_{d,\alpha}(i)Jd​=(1−α)∑i∈R​πi​(d)Vd,α​(i) for a zzz standard ddd.
  • Proposition 7.5.3: a zzz standard policy gives (SEN1–2).
  • Corollary 7.5.4: on S={0,1,… }S=\{0,1,\dots\}S={0,1,…}, increasing VαV_\alphaVα​ plus a 000 standard policy gives (SEN), with nonnegative increasing limit functions.
  • Proposition 7.5.5: an optimal stationary policy has a positive recurrent state of cost at most J+εJ+\varepsilonJ+ε, reachable from iii, when (7.33) holds.
  • Corollaries 7.5.9 and 7.5.10: the (CAV) and (CAV*) conditions imply (BOR).

Significance

Theorem 7.5.6 reduces the verification of the ACOE for a queueing model to three checks that do not involve the discount value function: exhibit one stationary policy with finite mean return times and costs to a fixed state (typically a stable "serve at maximal rate" policy), check that low costs occur on a finite set (automatic when the holding cost grows without bound, Corollaries 7.5.9–7.5.10), and check reachability of finitely many states. Its conclusions go beyond existence: optimal stationary policies induce chains with positive recurrent classes located in a known finite set, and ACOE-realizing policies reach them in finite expected time and cost. This is what makes value iteration and approximating-sequence methods in later chapters of the book applicable to these models.

The results are proved in the book. The present mission produces machine-checked statements of the first passage calculus for general (history-dependent, randomized) policies, of (SEN) and limit functions, and of the chain of implications from (CAV*) to the ACOE. No machine-checked version of these statements is known.

Difficulty

The obvious approach to the ACOE is to pass to the limit α→1−\alpha\to1^-α→1− in the discount optimality equation. Exchanging this limit with ∑jPij(a)hα(j)\sum_jP_{ij}(a)h_\alpha(j)∑j​Pij​(a)hα​(j) requires a dominating function, and (SEN2) only gives a pointwise bound MMM whose expectation may be infinite; Fatou's lemma then yields only the inequality. Obtaining equality requires tracking first passages to sets and showing that the discrepancy Φ\PhiΦ vanishes along them, which in turn needs finiteness of ciGc_{iG}ciG​ that is not assumed but has to be derived. On the recurrence side, the average cost criterion is a limit superior of Cesàro averages over a countable state space, and mass can escape to infinity; the finiteness of the set DDD is what prevents an optimal policy from spending its time in transient or null recurrent states, and turning that into positive recurrence requires the renewal-type identities of Appendix C.

Formalization scope

States form a countable type SSS; action sets are nonempty Finsets; costs are in ℝ≥0; transition probabilities are ℝ≥0∞-valued with row sums one on admissible actions. Policies are general: a history is a state sequence and an action sequence, and all probabilities and expectations (hitting probabilities, miGm_{iG}miG​, ciGc_{iG}ciG​, Pθ(XT=j)P_\theta(X_T=j)Pθ​(XT​=j), Qij(n)Q^{(n)}_{ij}Qij(n)​) are computed from the history probabilities of the process. VαV_\alphaVα​, JθJ_\thetaJθ​, miGm_{iG}miG​ and ciGc_{iG}ciG​ take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; miG=∞m_{iG}=\inftymiG​=∞ when GGG is missed with positive probability; the first passage time satisfies T≥1T\ge1T≥1. hαh_\alphahα​ and ∑jPij(a)h(j)\sum_jP_{ij}(a)h(j)∑j​Pij​(a)h(j) are in the extended reals, with the book's convention that a function bounded below has an expectation in (−∞,+∞](-\infty,+\infty](−∞,+∞]. Limit functions are real valued. Positive recurrence, communicating classes and steady state probabilities πj=(mjj)−1\pi_j=(m_{jj})^{-1}πj​=(mjj​)−1 are the notions for the chain induced by a (randomized) stationary policy. JdJ_dJd​ is the average cost of ddd from zzz.

A formalization in which the ACOE is asserted for some convenient function instead of every limit function, or in which ∣D(e)∣|D(e)|∣D(e)∣ is a natural-number cardinality that vanishes on infinite sets, would trivialize part of the goal; the statements quantify over all limit functions and use Set.encard.

A complete development needs: history-dependent policies and their path laws on countable spaces; first passage decompositions (strong Markov property at TTT); Abelian limits of ∑tαtP(T=t)\sum_t\alpha^tP(T=t)∑t​αtP(T=t); Fatou and dominated convergence for series; and the renewal reward theorem for positive recurrent classes (Appendix C of the book). The first passage and Markov chain layer is reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of individual milestones, and sharper statements of the Appendix C facts they use, are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems, Wiley Series in Probability and Statistics, John Wiley & Sons, 1999. doi:10.1002/9780470317037
  • V. S. Borkar, "On minimum cost per unit time control of Markov chains", SIAM J. Control Optim. 22 (1984), 965–978.
  • V. S. Borkar, "Control of Markov chains with long-run average cost criterion: the dynamic programming equations", SIAM J. Control Optim. 27 (1989), 642–657.
  • V. S. Borkar, Topics in Controlled Markov Chains, Pitman Research Notes in Mathematics 240, Longman, 1991.
  • R. Cavazos-Cadena, "Weak conditions for the existence of optimal stationary policies in average Markov decision chains with unbounded costs", Kybernetika 25 (1989), 145–156.
  • R. Cavazos-Cadena and L. I. Sennott, "Comparing recent assumptions for the existence of average optimal stationary policies", Oper. Res. Letters 11 (1992), 33–37.
  • L. I. Sennott, "The average cost optimality equation and critical number policies", Prob. Eng. Inform. Sci. 7 (1993).
  • L. I. Sennott, "Average cost optimal stationary policies in infinite state Markov decision processes with unbounded costs", Operations Research 37 (1989), 626–633. doi:10.1287/opre.37.4.626
  • K. L. Chung, Markov Chains with Stationary Transition Probabilities, 2nd ed., Springer, 1967.
15 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Analysis and Algorithms for Service Parts Supply Chains II: The Single-Unit Single-Customer DecompositionTextbook

Motivation

A base-stock (order-up-to) policy orders, in every period, exactly enough to bring the inventory position (stock on hand plus stock on order minus backorders) up to a target level. It is the policy used in practice for repairable and consumable service parts, and the analysis of every later chapter of Muckstadt's book assumes it. Its optimality is therefore a foundational question, and there are three classical ways to prove it.

  • 1960, Clark and Scarf proved optimality of echelon base-stock policies for finite-horizon serial systems by dynamic programming, decomposing the cost into one term per echelon (Management Science 6(4)).
  • 1984, Federgruen and Zipkin gave a lower-bound argument for the infinite-horizon average-cost case (Operations Research 32(4)); Chen and Song (2001) used it for Markov-modulated demand (Operations Research 49(2)).
  • 2008, Muharremoglu and Tsitsiklis introduced the single-unit single-customer approach: every unit of stock is paired with one future customer, and the inventory problem splits into countably many independent two-action problems (Operations Research 56(5)).

This mission formalizes the third approach, in the finite-horizon single-location form presented in Section 2.2.1 of Muckstadt (2005).

Setting

A single item is reviewed in periods n=1,…,Nn = 1, \dots, Nn=1,…,N. An exogenous, time-homogeneous Markov chain sns_nsn​ on a finite set Σ\SigmaΣ is observed at the start of period nnn; given sn=ss_n = ssn​=s, the demand Dn∈{0,1,2,… }D_n \in \{0,1,2,\dots\}Dn​∈{0,1,2,…} has law κ(s,⋅)\kappa(s,\cdot)κ(s,⋅) and is independent of sn+1s_{n+1}sn+1​. Excess demand is backordered.

Every unit of demand is a customer, and customers are indexed in arrival order, the v0v_0v0​ initially waiting customers first. A customer's distance is 000 once served, 111 while waiting, and 2,3,…2, 3, \dots2,3,… for future customers in the order they will arrive. Units are indexed by location: 000 (used), 111 (on hand), 2,…,m2, \dots, m2,…,m (in transit) and m+1m+1m+1 (at the supplier, which holds countably many units). The state is

xn=(sn,(z1n,y1n),(z2n,y2n),…),x_n = \big(s_n, (z_{1n}, y_{1n}), (z_{2n}, y_{2n}), \dots\big),xn​=(sn​,(z1n​,y1n​),(z2n​,y2n​),…),

with zjnz_{jn}zjn​ the location of unit jjj and yjny_{jn}yjn​ the distance of customer jjj. In period nnn: units in transit move one location closer and the released units move from m+1m+1m+1 to mmm (so an order is on hand m−1m-1m−1 periods later); the demand DnD_nDn​ brings the customers at distances 2,…,Dn+12, \dots, D_n+12,…,Dn​+1 to distance 111 and moves the others DnD_nDn​ steps closer; units on hand serve waiting customers, lowest indices first; then hhh is charged per unit on hand and bbb per waiting customer, with 0<h<b0 < h < b0<h<b. The criterion is the expected cost over the NNN periods, discounted by α∈(0,1]\alpha \in (0,1]α∈(0,1].

A policy for the whole system S\mathcal SS chooses a finite set of units at the supplier to release. It is monotone if it releases lower-indexed units first, and committed if unit jjj only ever serves customer jjj. The subsystem Sw\mathcal S_wSw​ is unit www with customer www under commitment, with state xnw=(sn,zwn,ywn)x^w_n = (s_n, z_{wn}, y_{wn})xnw​=(sn​,zwn​,ywn​) and actions Release and Hold. The set Rn∗(s,y)R^*_n(s,y)Rn∗​(s,y) contains the optimal actions of a subsystem whose unit is at the supplier and whose customer is at distance yyy, and the critical distance is

y∗(n,s)=max⁡{ y:Rn∗(s,y)∋Release }.y^*(n,s) = \max\{\, y : R^*_n(s,y) \ni \mathit{Release} \,\}.y∗(n,s)=max{y:Rn∗​(s,y)∋Release}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5 (p. 29)

Every policy that, in each period nnn and Markov state sns_nsn​, releases the lowest-indexed units at the supplier to raise the inventory position to

y∗(n,sn)−1y^*(n, s_n) - 1y∗(n,sn​)−1

is optimal for S\mathcal SS among all policies, from every starting state. Such a policy exists. The levels are not fixed numbers but the critical distances of the single-unit problem, so the goal asserts the structure of an optimal policy and identifies its levels, without committing to any constant.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1 (p. 26): some monotone policy is optimal, every monotone policy is committed, and so some committed policy is optimal.
  2. Theorem 4 (p. 27): the optimal cost of S\mathcal SS is the sum over www of the optimal costs of Sw\mathcal S_wSw​,
V1S(s,x1)=∑wV1(s,(zw1,yw1)),V^{\mathcal S}_1(s, x_1) = \sum_{w} V_1\big(s, (z_{w1}, y_{w1})\big),V1S​(s,x1​)=w∑​V1​(s,(zw1​,yw1​)),

and managing every subsystem independently and optimally is optimal for S\mathcal SS. 3. Lemma 2 (p. 28): Rn∗(s,y+1)={Release}R^*_n(s, y+1) = \{\mathit{Release}\}Rn∗​(s,y+1)={Release} implies Release∈Rn∗(s,y)\mathit{Release} \in R^*_n(s, y)Release∈Rn∗​(s,y). 4. Section 2.2.1.2.2 (p. 29): the critical distance policy, release if and only if y≤y∗(n,s)y \le y^*(n,s)y≤y∗(n,s), is optimal for every subsystem.

Significance

The result shows that under Markov-modulated demand a single-location system is optimally run by a state-dependent base-stock policy. The same unit–customer argument gives echelon base-stock optimality in serial systems with noncrossing stochastic lead times (Sections 2.2.2–2.2.3). The decomposition also yields the levels themselves: they are the critical distances of a two-action problem, which can be solved one customer at a time.

The theorems are proved in the literature (Muharremoglu and Tsitsiklis 2008) and in the book. To our knowledge no machine-checked proof of any base-stock optimality theorem exists, by dynamic programming or by decomposition. The book's proof is informal in three places a formalization has to settle:

  • Lemma 1 is asserted as "clearly" true;
  • Lemma 2's proof by contradiction covers only uniquely optimal releases, while the critical distance policy also needs the case of ties;
  • the passage from the subsystem policy to the inventory position (Theorem 5) is an "intuitive argument".

A formal development makes each of these precise.

Difficulty

The obvious argument says that costs are linear, so the cost of S\mathcal SS is the sum of unit–customer costs and everything decouples. That is only half of Theorem 4. The pairing of unit jjj with customer jjj holds only under monotone policies, and a general policy for S\mathcal SS observes the whole infinite state xnx_nxn​, not just xnwx^w_nxnw​. The lower bound therefore needs Lemma 1 together with the fact that extra information about the demand history does not help a Markov decision problem. The upper bound needs the lowest-index matching to cost no more than committed matching.

The second difficulty is that the threshold structure is not the obvious consequence of Lemma 2. The set of distances at which releasing is optimal must be shown to be an initial segment {1,…,y∗}\{1, \dots, y^*\}{1,…,y∗} when ties are allowed. Unbounded demand makes that set possibly unbounded (it is, in the last m−1m-1m−1 periods). Finally, the release decisions of the subsystems must be counted to recover an inventory position, which uses the invariant that future customers occupy consecutive distances.

Formalization scope

Everything is in the namespace ServiceParts.UnitDecomp, with three definition files.

Model. Model bundles the chain, the demand law, mmm, hhh, bbb and α\alphaα with the standing assumptions 1≤m1 \le m1≤m, 0<h<b0 < h < b0<h<b, 0<α≤10 < \alpha \le 10<α≤1, together with the per-unit and per-customer motions and a generic finite-horizon expected-cost recursion. Costs are in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].

Subsystem. Subsystem defines a subsystem, its optimal cost, Rn∗R^*_nRn∗​, y∗(n,s)y^*(n,s)y∗(n,s) and the critical distance policy.

System. System defines S\mathcal SS with lowest-index matching, its policies (finite release sets), monotone and committed policies, starting states, the inventory position and the order-up-to release.

Conventions and pinnings:

  • Indexing. Units and customers are indexed from 000; Lean index jjj is the book's j+1j+1j+1.
  • Policy class. Policies are Markov: functions of the period, the Markov state and the configuration, as on p. 25.
  • Optimality. Optimal means attaining the infimum over all policies for S\mathcal SS. Restricting the class to monotone or base-stock policies would make Theorem 5 circular and is ruled out.
  • Starting states. The book's "any starting state x1x_1x1​" is the configuration built on pp. 23–24 from v0v_0v0​ and the stock at locations 1,…,m1, \dots, m1,…,m. For arbitrarily labelled states Theorem 4 is false.
  • Critical distance. y∗(n,s)y^*(n,s)y∗(n,s) is a supremum in N∪{∞}\mathbb N \cup \{\infty\}N∪{∞}. Where it is ∞\infty∞ (a released unit cannot arrive before the horizon), Theorem 5 leaves the policy free.
  • Distance 0. Lemma 2 and the optimality of RnR_nRn​ are stated for customers at distance at least 1. At distance 0 with the unit at the supplier (a configuration committed policies never reach), both are false as printed.

Corrections to the book:

  • h>0h > 0h>0 is added. With h=0h = 0h=0 an optimal policy with finite orders need not exist, so Theorem 5 fails.
  • Chain structure is pinned. The chain's ergodicity is unused on a finite horizon and omitted. The conditional independence of DnD_nDn​ and sn+1s_{n+1}sn+1​ given sns_nsn​ is added as a reading of "given sns_nsn​, the distribution of DnD_nDn​ is known".
  • Vacuous corner. If some state's demand has infinite mean, every policy may cost ∞\infty∞ and the optimality statements hold vacuously.

Out of scope: stochastic noncrossing lead times (Section 2.2.2), serial systems (Section 2.2.3; compare the disproved platform statement SupplyChainTheory.clark_scarf_sequential), and continuous review (Section 2.2.4, which the book calls intuitive).

Proofs of any milestone are welcome. A reusable by-product would be a general lemma that Markov policies are optimal among history-dependent ones for finite-horizon problems with countable randomness and costs in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].

Selected references

  • J. A. Muckstadt, Analysis and Algorithms for Service Parts Supply Chains, Springer, 2005, Section 2.2, pp. 22–31. https://doi.org/10.1007/b138879
  • A. Muharremoglu and J. N. Tsitsiklis, A single-unit decomposition approach to multiechelon inventory systems, Operations Research 56(5), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1080.0620
  • A. J. Clark and H. Scarf, Optimal policies for a multi-echelon inventory problem, Management Science 6(4), 1960. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.6.4.475
  • A. Federgruen and P. Zipkin, Computational issues in an infinite-horizon, multiechelon inventory model, Operations Research 32(4), 1984. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.32.4.818
  • F. Chen and J.-S. Song, Optimal policies for multiechelon inventory problems with Markov-modulated demand, Operations Research 49(2), 2001. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.49.2.226.13528
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Computing Optimal (s, S) Inventory Policies III: Selecting an (s, S) Policy That Is Optimal for Every Starting StockResearch Paper

Motivation

The periodic-review inventory model with a fixed ordering cost is one of the basic models of operations research. When every order incurs a set-up cost KKK in addition to holding and shortage costs, the optimal replenishment rule over an infinite horizon is, under standard convexity assumptions, a stationary (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policy: whenever the stock falls below the reorder point sss, order up to the level SSS. Existence of such an optimal policy goes back to Scarf (1960) and Iglehart (1963). Knowing that an optimal (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policy exists does not say how to find one, and the average cost of an (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policy is neither convex nor unimodal in (s,S)(s, S)(s,S).

Veinott and Wagner (Management Science 11 (1965) 525–552) gave an exact algorithm. It proceeds in three steps: (i) compute integers s‾≤sˉ≤S‾≤Sˉ\underline{s} \le \bar{s} \le \underline{S} \le \bar{S}s​≤sˉ≤S​≤Sˉ bounding an optimal policy; (ii) find the set S\mathcal SS of all policies within those bounds that minimize the cost for starting stocks below s‾\underline{s}s​; (iii) choose from S\mathcal SS a policy that is optimal for every starting stock. This mission formalizes the theory behind Step iii. It is the third mission of a series on the paper: mission I treats the renewal closed form of the discounted cost, mission II the bounds of Step i.

Setting

Demands ξ1,ξ2,…\xi_1, \xi_2, \dotsξ1​,ξ2​,… are independent non-negative integer random variables with common distribution φ\varphiφ and finite mean. Following the paper's Eq. (2), the unit purchase cost and the holding and penalty costs are combined into a single function Gα:Z→RG_\alpha : \mathbb Z \to \mathbb RGα​:Z→R, assumed convex with Gα(y)→∞G_\alpha(y) \to \inftyGα​(y)→∞ as ∣y∣→∞|y| \to \infty∣y∣→∞; the set-up cost is K≥0K \ge 0K≥0 and α\alphaα is the discount factor.

A stationary (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policy, with integers s≤Ss \le Ss≤S, sets the stock after ordering to

Yt=S if Xt<s,Yt=Xt if Xt≥s,Y_t = S \text{ if } X_t < s, \qquad Y_t = X_t \text{ if } X_t \ge s,Yt​=S if Xt​<s,Yt​=Xt​ if Xt​≥s,

and the stock evolves as Xt+1=Yt−ξtX_{t+1} = Y_t - \xi_tXt+1​=Yt​−ξt​ from X1=xX_1 = xX1​=x. Its discounted cost is

f(x∣s,S)=∑t≥1αt−1E[Kδ(Yt−Xt)+Gα(Yt)],f(x \mid s, S) = \sum_{t \ge 1} \alpha^{t-1} E\bigl[K\delta(Y_t - X_t) + G_\alpha(Y_t)\bigr],f(x∣s,S)=t≥1∑​αt−1E[Kδ(Yt​−Xt​)+Gα​(Yt​)],

where δ(z)=1\delta(z) = 1δ(z)=1 for z>0z > 0z>0 and δ(0)=0\delta(0) = 0δ(0)=0, and its equivalent average cost is aα(x∣s,S)=(1−α)f(x∣s,S)a_\alpha(x \mid s, S) = (1-\alpha) f(x \mid s, S)aα​(x∣s,S)=(1−α)f(x∣s,S).

A policy (s′,S′)(s', S')(s′,S′) is optimal for a set X\mathfrak XX of integers if, for each x∈Xx \in \mathfrak Xx∈X, it minimizes aα(x∣s,S)a_\alpha(x \mid s, S)aα​(x∣s,S) over all (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policies; it is optimal if it is optimal for every integer xxx. Under a fixed policy, x′x'x′ is accessible from X1=xX_1 = xX1​=x if Pr⁡(Xt=x′∣X1=x)>0\Pr(X_t = x' \mid X_1 = x) > 0Pr(Xt​=x′∣X1​=x)>0 for some t>1t > 1t>1.

Below the reorder point the cost does not depend on the starting stock; its value is written Lα(S,D)\mathcal L_\alpha(S, D)Lα​(S,D) with D=S−sD = S - sD=S−s. The bounds are: S‾\underline{S}S​ the smallest minimizer of GαG_\alphaGα​; Sˉ\bar{S}Sˉ the smallest integer ≥S‾\ge \underline{S}≥S​ with Gα(Sˉ+1)≥Gα(S‾)+αKG_\alpha(\bar{S}+1) \ge G_\alpha(\underline{S}) + \alpha KGα​(Sˉ+1)≥Gα​(S​)+αK (21); s‾\underline{s}s​ the smallest integer with Gα(s‾)≤Gα(S‾)+KG_\alpha(\underline{s}) \le G_\alpha(\underline{S}) + KGα​(s​)≤Gα​(S​)+K (22); sˉ\bar{s}sˉ the smallest integer with Gα(sˉ)≤Gα(S‾)+(1−α)KG_\alpha(\bar{s}) \le G_\alpha(\underline{S}) + (1-\alpha)KGα​(sˉ)≤Gα​(S​)+(1−α)K (23). The candidate set S\mathcal SS consists of the policies with s‾≤s≤sˉ\underline{s} \le s \le \bar{s}s​≤s≤sˉ, S‾≤S≤Sˉ\underline{S} \le S \le \bar{S}S​≤S≤Sˉ that minimize Lα(S,S−s)\mathcal L_\alpha(S, S-s)Lα​(S,S−s) among such policies.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 543)

For 0<α<10 < \alpha < 10<α<1 and (si,Si),(sj,Sj)∈S(s^i, S^i), (s^j, S^j) \in \mathcal S(si,Si),(sj,Sj)∈S: if (si,Si)(s^i, S^i)(si,Si) is optimal and every x′x'x′ with

min⁡(si,sj)≤x′<max⁡(si,sj)\min(s^i, s^j) \le x' < \max(s^i, s^j)min(si,sj)≤x′<max(si,sj)

is accessible from SjS^jSj under (sj,Sj)(s^j, S^j)(sj,Sj), then (sj,Sj)(s^j, S^j)(sj,Sj) is optimal.

Milestones

  1. §3, p. 533. For x<sx < sx<s, f(x∣s,S)=K+f(S∣s,S)f(x \mid s, S) = K + f(S \mid s, S)f(x∣s,S)=K+f(S∣s,S).
  2. Theorem 1, p. 542. For 0≤α<10 \le \alpha < 10≤α<1 and s≤s′s \le s's≤s′: if aα(x∣s,S)=aα(x∣s′,S′)a_\alpha(x \mid s, S) = a_\alpha(x \mid s', S')aα​(x∣s,S)=aα​(x∣s′,S′) for all x<s′x < s'x<s′, then equality holds for all xxx.
  3. Lemma 1, p. 543. For 0<α<10 < \alpha < 10<α<1: if (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) is optimal for X1=xX_1 = xX1​=x, it is optimal for every x′x'x′ accessible from xxx.

Significance

Theorem 2 turns the final selection step of the algorithm into a reachability check on the demand distribution: a policy of S\mathcal SS is certified optimal without comparing average costs at every starting stock. Its corollaries give checkable sufficient conditions; for example (Corollary 2.2) if φ(k)>0\varphi(k) > 0φ(k)>0 for k=1,…,sn−s1k = 1, \dots, s^n - s^1k=1,…,sn−s1, the policy of S\mathcal SS with the largest reorder point is optimal, which covers Poisson and negative binomial demand. Theorem 1 separately reduces the comparison of two policies to finitely many starting stocks.

The results are proved in the paper (Section 4 and Appendix §3). No machine-checked version is known: the platform has no discrete (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) inventory chain, no discounted cost of a stationary policy on Z\mathbb ZZ, and no accessibility notion for such a chain. The mission produces these objects together with the paper's selection theory on top of them.

Difficulty

Theorem 1 needs a renewal decomposition at the first passage of the stock below s′s's′, carried out for expectations over an unbounded integer state space with a discounted infinite sum. Lemma 1 is the delicate step. The paper's argument compares the (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policy with a hybrid policy that follows (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) until the stock first reaches x′x'x′ and then switches to an optimal policy; the inequality "the hybrid cannot be better than the optimal policy" requires that some stationary (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policy is optimal among all ordering policies, including non-stationary ones. That existence result is cited by the paper (Section 2), not proved there. A proof of Lemma 1 within the class of (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policies alone does not go through, because the hybrid policy is not an (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policy.

Formalization scope

All objects live in the namespace VeinottWagnerSS.Selection. The model is the structure Model: the demand distribution φ : PMF ℕ with finite mean, K ≥ 0, and G : ℤ → ℝ convex (non-decreasing forward differences) and tending to +∞+\infty+∞ at both ends. The unit cost ccc, the function LLL and the lead time λ\lambdaλ do not appear (the paper's own reduction, Eq. (2), p. 529). Stock levels are integers. stateLaw is the law of Xt+1X_{t+1}Xt+1​, obtained by iterated PMF.bind; fCost is the expected discounted cost of that chain as a real series, which converges absolutely for 0≤α<10 \le \alpha < 10≤α<1 because every YtY_tYt​ lies in [s,max⁡(x,S)][s, \max(x, S)][s,max(x,S)]. aCost is (1−α)(1-\alpha)(1−α) times fCost. Accessible uses the law of XtX_tXt​ with t>1t > 1t>1 strictly. Optimality is among (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policies (p. 536); the class of general ordering policies is not formalized.

The bounds s‾,sˉ,S‾,Sˉ\underline{s}, \bar{s}, \underline{S}, \bar{S}s​,sˉ,S​,Sˉ are infima of sets of integers; under the standing assumptions and α<1\alpha < 1α<1 these sets are nonempty and bounded below, so each bound is the least integer the paper describes. Lα(S,D)\mathcal L_\alpha(S, D)Lα​(S,D) is defined as aα(S−D−1∣S−D,S)a_\alpha(S - D - 1 \mid S - D, S)aα​(S−D−1∣S−D,S), the cost at the starting stock just below sss; that this is the common value for every x<sx < sx<s is milestone 1.

The standing assumptions are kept in every statement, including Theorem 1 and milestone 1, which do not need them; Lemma 1 and Theorem 2 are true only because of them. No printed slip was found in the three results.

Trivializing formalizations are excluded: fff is the expected cost of the stock process, not a closed formula or a fixed point of a recursion, so milestone 1 is not definitional; the bounds are the least integers of (21)–(23), not arbitrary integers, so S\mathcal SS is determined by the data; the goal does not assume that (sj,Sj)(s^j, S^j)(sj,Sj) is optimal below max⁡(si,sj)\max(s^i, s^j)max(si,sj), and Lemma 1 assumes optimality only at the single starting stock xxx.

Useful contributions beyond the milestones: summability lemmas for fCost, the Markov (one-step) equation for fCost, the first-passage decomposition, and, for Lemma 1, a formalization of general ordering policies with the existence of an optimal stationary (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policy. The chain and cost definitions are reusable for other (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) results of the paper (Theorem 3, Corollaries 2.1 and 2.2).

Selected references

  • A. F. Veinott, Jr. and H. M. Wagner, Computing Optimal (s, S) Inventory Policies, Management Science 11(5), 525–552, 1965. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.11.5.525
  • H. Scarf, The Optimality of (S, s) Policies in the Dynamic Inventory Problem, in Mathematical Methods in the Social Sciences, Stanford University Press, 1960.
  • D. L. Iglehart, Optimality of (s, S) Policies in the Infinite Horizon Dynamic Inventory Problem, Management Science 9(2), 259–267, 1963. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.9.2.259
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Jobshop-Like Queueing Systems: The Equilibrium Distribution with State-Dependent Arrival and Service RatesResearch Paper

Motivation

A jobshop is a factory in which each job visits a sequence of machine groups, the sequence differing from job to job. J. R. Jackson's 1963 paper Jobshop-Like Queueing Systems (Management Science 10(1), 131–142) models such a shop as a network of queues and computes its long-run distribution of queue lengths in closed form. It generalizes his 1957 paper Networks of Waiting Lines (Operations Research 5(4)), which treated Poisson arrivals and multi-server centers, to arrival rates that depend on the total number of customers present and service rates that depend arbitrarily on the local queue length. The resulting product-form equilibrium is the starting point of queueing-network theory, which is used in performance analysis of manufacturing systems, computer systems and communication networks.

Timeline:

  • 1957: Jackson, Networks of Waiting Lines, constant external Poisson arrivals and multi-channel exponential servers; product-form equilibrium.
  • 1963: Jackson, this paper: state-dependent total arrival rate λ(S(kˉ))\lambda(S(\bar k))λ(S(kˉ)), queue-length-dependent service rates μ(n,k)\mu(n, k)μ(n,k), routings with self-loops and empty routings; Theorem (4.5).
  • 1967: Gordon and Newell, Closed Queuing Systems with Exponential Servers, the closed-network analogue.
  • 1979: Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks, the general theory of migration processes and partial balance.

Setting

There are N≥1N \ge 1N≥1 service centers, Center 1,…,N1, \dots, N1,…,N. A state vector kˉ=(k1,…,kN)\bar k = (k_1, \dots, k_N)kˉ=(k1​,…,kN​) has non-negative integer components, knk_nkn​ being the number of customers at Center nnn, and S(kˉ)=k1+⋯+kNS(\bar k) = k_1 + \dots + k_NS(kˉ)=k1​+⋯+kN​. The system (N,L,M,R)(N, L, M, R)(N,L,M,R) is given by:

  1. arrival rates λ(K)\lambda(K)λ(K), K=0,1,2,…K = 0, 1, 2, \dotsK=0,1,2,…: in state kˉ\bar kkˉ a customer arrives at rate λ(S(kˉ))\lambda(S(\bar k))λ(S(kˉ));
  2. service rates μ(n,k)\mu(n, k)μ(n,k): a service at Center nnn completes at rate μ(n,kn)\mu(n, k_n)μ(n,kn​);
  3. routing probabilities r(m,n)r(m, n)r(m,n), m∈[0,N]m \in [0, N]m∈[0,N], n∈[1,N+1]n \in [1, N+1]n∈[1,N+1]: an arriving customer's first center is nnn with probability r(0,n)r(0, n)r(0,n), its routing is empty with probability r(0,N+1)r(0, N+1)r(0,N+1); after service at Center mmm it moves to Center nnn with probability r(m,n)r(m, n)r(m,n) (possibly n=mn = mn=m) or leaves with probability r(m,N+1)r(m, N+1)r(m,N+1).

The paper's standing Assumptions (2.1)–(2.4): (2.1) either all λ(K)>0\lambda(K) > 0λ(K)>0, or λ(K)>0\lambda(K) > 0λ(K)>0 exactly for K≤K0K \le K_0K≤K0​; (2.2) μ(n,0)=0\mu(n, 0) = 0μ(n,0)=0 and μ(n,k)>0\mu(n, k) > 0μ(n,k)>0 for k≥1k \ge 1k≥1; (2.3) each row {r(m,n)}n∈[1,N+1]\{r(m, n)\}_{n \in [1, N+1]}{r(m,n)}n∈[1,N+1]​ is a probability distribution; (2.4) the traffic equations

e(n)=r(0,n)+∑m=1Ne(m) r(m,n),n∈[1,N],(2.5)e(n) = r(0, n) + \sum_{m=1}^N e(m)\, r(m, n), \qquad n \in [1, N], \tag{2.5}e(n)=r(0,n)+m=1∑N​e(m)r(m,n),n∈[1,N],(2.5)

have a unique solution, and it is non-negative.

The process is defined by its transition probabilities over a short interval (p. 134), from which the paper derives the balance equations (3.1) for P(kˉ,t)P(\bar k, t)P(kˉ,t). An equilibrium state probability distribution is a probability distribution ppp on state vectors such that P(kˉ,t)≡p(kˉ)P(\bar k, t) \equiv p(\bar k)P(kˉ,t)≡p(kˉ) solves (3.1). With

W(K)=∏i=0K−1λ(i),w(kˉ)=∏n=1N∏i=1kne(n)μ(n,i),T(K)=∑S(kˉ)=Kw(kˉ),W(K) = \prod_{i=0}^{K-1}\lambda(i), \quad w(\bar k) = \prod_{n=1}^N\prod_{i=1}^{k_n}\frac{e(n)}{\mu(n, i)}, \quad T(K) = \sum_{S(\bar k) = K} w(\bar k),W(K)=i=0∏K−1​λ(i),w(kˉ)=n=1∏N​i=1∏kn​​μ(n,i)e(n)​,T(K)=S(kˉ)=K∑​w(kˉ),

the constant π\piπ is {∑K≥0W(K)T(K)}−1\{\sum_{K \ge 0} W(K) T(K)\}^{-1}{∑K≥0​W(K)T(K)}−1 when the series converges and 000 otherwise.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem (4.5)

If π>0\pi > 0π>0, then

p(kˉ)=π w(kˉ) W(S(kˉ))(4.6)p(\bar k) = \pi\, w(\bar k)\, W(S(\bar k)) \tag{4.6}p(kˉ)=πw(kˉ)W(S(kˉ))(4.6)

is an equilibrium state probability distribution; and if the arrival rates are bounded, it is the only one. The goal fixes no constants; the condition π>0\pi > 0π>0 is the paper's.

Milestones

  1. The series in (4.4) converges to a positive number or diverges to +∞+\infty+∞ (§4, p. 136).
  2. If π>0\pi > 0π>0, (4.6) is a probability distribution (first claim of the proof sentence, p. 136).
  3. (4.6) satisfies equations (3.1) at every state (second claim, p. 136).
  4. Under bounded arrival rates, an equilibrium distribution is unique (§4, p. 135).

Companion

Theorem (6.3) in its case K∗=0K^* = 0K∗=0, kn∗=+∞k_n^* = +\inftykn∗​=+∞: with constant arrival rate λ(K)≡λ(0)\lambda(K) \equiv \lambda(0)λ(K)≡λ(0) and pn(0)>0p_n(0) > 0pn​(0)>0 for every nnn, the equilibrium is p(kˉ)=∏npn(kn)p(\bar k) = \prod_n p_n(k_n)p(kˉ)=∏n​pn​(kn​), pnp_npn​ being the normalized wn(k)=∏i=1kλ(0)e(n)/μ(n,i)w_n(k) = \prod_{i=1}^k \lambda(0)e(n)/\mu(n, i)wn​(k)=∏i=1k​λ(0)e(n)/μ(n,i).

Significance

Theorem (4.5) states that the queue lengths of a whole network have an explicit stationary law, determined by the routing only through the visit ratios e(n)e(n)e(n), and that conditionally on the total S(kˉ)=KS(\bar k) = KS(kˉ)=K it does not depend on the arrival process. With constant arrival rate it factorizes into independent one-center laws (Theorem (6.3)), each that of a single queue fed at rate λ(0)e(n)\lambda(0)e(n)λ(0)e(n); this is the form in which Jackson networks enter textbooks. State-dependent arrivals cover systems with balking or finite capacity: taking λ(K)=0\lambda(K) = 0λ(K)=0 for K>K0K > K_0K>K0​ caps the population.

The result is classical and proved; it has no machine-checked proof on this platform. The platform has Kelly–Yudovina's open migration process (KellyStochasticNetworks.open_migration_equilibrium): constant external arrivals, no self-loops, a full-balance conclusion without uniqueness. It is the companion (6.3) in substance but not the general theorem: arrival rates depending on the total population are not in it. This mission contributes the state-dependent model, a stationary form of Jackson's own equations (3.1), and a uniqueness statement.

Difficulty

The balance equations are an infinite system in Z≥0N\mathbb{Z}_{\ge 0}^NZ≥0N​. Substituting (4.6) gives terms with shifted states, guarded by non-negativity of components, a double sum over ordered pairs of distinct centers, self-loops appearing only in the outflow factor 1−r(n,n)1 - r(n, n)1−r(n,n), and centers with e(n)=0e(n) = 0e(n)=0, where www vanishes. Checking each state term by term against the traffic equations requires the diagonal of (2.5), excluded in (3.1), to be handled exactly. Summing (4.6) to one requires regrouping a series over Z≥0N\mathbb{Z}_{\ge 0}^NZ≥0N​ by the finite fibres of SSS.

Uniqueness is the hard part. The paper gives no proof: footnote 5 refers to a limit theorem for Markov processes and to the communication structure of non-transient states. A solution of the algebraic balance equations need not be the stationary law of the process when the process can explode, and the model allows explosion with π>0\pi > 0π>0 (e.g. N=1N = 1N=1, λ(K)=4K\lambda(K) = 4^Kλ(K)=4K, μ(1,k)=2⋅4k−1\mu(1,k) = 2\cdot 4^{k-1}μ(1,k)=2⋅4k−1). Uniqueness therefore depends on non-explosion as well as on the communication structure of the states, and neither is addressed on the page.

Formalization scope

Centers are Fin N with N>0N > 0N>0; states are Fin N → ℕ; rates are real. The routing is one function r : Option (Fin N) → Option (Fin N) → ℝ, where none is the index 000 in the first argument and N+1N + 1N+1 in the second. A structure JobshopSystem N bundles λ,μ,r,e\lambda, \mu, r, eλ,μ,r,e with Assumptions (2.1)–(2.4) as fields; eee is a parameter satisfying (2.5), uniqueness and non-negativity, not a formula. Balance sys q k is the stationary equation (3.1) at k for an arbitrary q, and IsEquilibrium sys q is q≥0q \ge 0q≥0, HasSum q 1, and Balance at every state. π\piπ is defined with an explicit if Summable … then … else 0.

Explicit choices, each stated in the item where it applies:

  • Correction of (3.1). The paper prints the arrival outflow as λ(S(kˉ))\lambda(S(\bar k))λ(S(kˉ)):

    dP(kˉ,t)dt=−[λ(S(kˉ))+∑nμ(n,kn)(1−r(n,n))]P(kˉ,t)+…\dfrac{dP(\bar k, t)}{dt} = -[\lambda(S(\bar k)) + \sum_n \mu(n, k_n)(1 - r(n, n))]P(\bar k, t) + \dotsdtdP(kˉ,t)​=−[λ(S(kˉ))+∑n​μ(n,kn​)(1−r(n,n))]P(kˉ,t)+…

    Its transition probabilities (p. 134) give λ(S(kˉ))∑n=1Nr(0,n)\lambda(S(\bar k))\sum_{n=1}^N r(0, n)λ(S(kˉ))∑n=1N​r(0,n), since an arrival with an empty routing leaves the state unchanged. The two agree only when r(0,N+1)=0r(0, N+1) = 0r(0,N+1)=0, and with the printed coefficient Theorem (4.5) is false (N=1N = 1N=1, r(0,1)=r(0,2)=1/2r(0,1) = r(0,2) = 1/2r(0,1)=r(0,2)=1/2, r(1,2)=1r(1,2) = 1r(1,2)=1, constant rates, at kˉ=0\bar k = 0kˉ=0). The formalization uses the coefficient the transition probabilities give. It does not assume r(0,N+1)=0r(0, N+1) = 0r(0,N+1)=0: the paper allows empty routings.

  • Uniqueness under bounded arrival rates. Uniqueness (milestone 4 and the goal's second conjunct) assumes ∃Λ, ∀K, λ(K)≤Λ\exists \Lambda,\ \forall K,\ \lambda(K) \le \Lambda∃Λ, ∀K, λ(K)≤Λ. The paper asserts uniqueness without proof, citing a limit theorem for regular processes; bounded arrival rates make the process regular and hold for every example in the paper. Existence and the formula carry no added hypothesis.

  • Companion (6.3). System (N,L,M,R)∗(N, L, M, R)^*(N,L,M,R)∗ of §5 is not formalized in the paper and not here; only its case K∗=0K^* = 0K∗=0, kn∗=+∞k_n^* = +\inftykn∗​=+∞ is stated.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: Balance and IsEquilibrium are stated for an arbitrary function on states and never mention www, WWW or π\piπ, and equilibrium is neither defined as (4.6) nor as detailed or partial balance.

Useful infrastructure: summation over Fin N → ℕ grouped by total (Finset.Nat.antidiagonalTuple), and a non-explosion and uniqueness theory for countable-state continuous-time chains, which is reusable beyond this mission. Not included: the limit lim⁡t→∞P(kˉ,t)=p(kˉ)\lim_{t\to\infty} P(\bar k, t) = p(\bar k)limt→∞​P(kˉ,t)=p(kˉ), which needs a construction of the process; the equivalence of (2.4) with finiteness of routings; Theorem (5.5) and (5.7)–(5.9).

Selected references

  • J. R. Jackson, Jobshop-Like Queueing Systems, Management Science 10(1), 131–142, 1963. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.10.1.131
  • J. R. Jackson, Networks of Waiting Lines, Operations Research 5(4), 518–521, 1957. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.5.4.518
  • W. J. Gordon and G. F. Newell, Closed Queuing Systems with Exponential Servers, Operations Research 15(2), 254–265, 1967. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.15.2.254
  • F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks, Wiley, 1979. https://www.statslab.cam.ac.uk/~frank/BOOKS/book/whole.pdf
  • A. T. Bharucha-Reid, Elements of the Theory of Markov Processes and Their Applications, McGraw-Hill, 1960 (Theorem 2.9, p. 102, cited in footnote 5).
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
Linear OptimizationOperations ResearchProbability+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamic Matching: Characterizing and Achieving Constant Regret I: Under General Position the Exhaustive Resolving Policy Has Regret at Most Γ/ϵ at All TimesResearch Paper

Motivation

Centralized matching markets (kidney exchange, ride hailing, freight and labor platforms) repeatedly decide which waiting participants to match now and which to hold for a better opportunity later. Matching early collects value sooner; waiting lets the platform see more arrivals and avoid matches that later turn out to be wasteful. A natural yardstick is the best set of matches that could have been made with hindsight from all arrivals up to a given time, and the question is how far an online policy, which cannot see the future, must fall behind that yardstick.

Kerimov, Ashlagi and Gurvich (SSRN 3824407, September 2022; Management Science 2023, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2021.01215) answer this for multi-way matching networks with patient agents. They identify a single parameter of the fluid relaxation, the general position gap ϵ\epsilonϵ, and show that the regret against the hindsight benchmark can be kept at order ϵ−1\epsilon^{-1}ϵ−1 at all times, and that no policy does better in order on non-trivial networks. This mission formalizes the upper bound. The paper places itself next to constant-regret results for online packing (Bumpensanti and Wang 2020; Vera and Banerjee 2021), where resolving a linear program at each arrival achieves bounded regret.

Setting

There are nnn agent types and ddd matches. Match mmm is a set A(m)\mathcal A(m)A(m) of at least two types, every type belongs to some match, and the matching matrix M∈{0,1}n×dM\in\{0,1\}^{n\times d}M∈{0,1}n×d has Mim=1M_{im}=1Mim​=1 iff i∈A(m)i\in\mathcal A(m)i∈A(m). Performing match mmm uses one agent of each type in A(m)\mathcal A(m)A(m) and earns rm>0r_m>0rm​>0. Time is discrete; at each time t=1,2,…t=1,2,\dotst=1,2,… one agent arrives, of type iii with probability λi>0\lambda_i>0λi​>0, ∑iλi=1\sum_i\lambda_i=1∑i​λi​=1, independently over time. AitA^t_iAit​ counts the type-iii arrivals by time ttt.

A matching policy records DmtD^t_mDmt​, the number of times match mmm has been performed by time ttt. It is admissible when it is non-anticipative and only matches agents present: MDt≤AtMD^t\le A^tMDt≤At. The pre-match queue is Qt=At−MDt−1Q^t=A^t-MD^{t-1}Qt=At−MDt−1, the value collected is RD,t=E[r⋅Dt]\mathcal R^{D,t}=\mathbb E[r\cdot D^t]RD,t=E[r⋅Dt], and the hindsight benchmark is

R∗,t=E[max⁡{r⋅y:My≤At, y∈Z≥0d}].\mathcal R^{*,t}=\mathbb E\big[\max\{r\cdot y: My\le A^t,\ y\in\mathbb Z^d_{\ge0}\}\big].R∗,t=E[max{r⋅y:My≤At, y∈Z≥0d​}].

The static-planning problem is the linear program

(SPP)max⁡ r⋅zs.t.Mz+s=λ, z≥0, s≥0.\text{(SPP)}\qquad \max\ r\cdot z\quad\text{s.t.}\quad Mz+s=\lambda,\ z\ge0,\ s\ge0.(SPP)max r⋅zs.t.Mz+s=λ, z≥0, s≥0.

For an optimal (z∗,s∗)(z^*,s^*)(z∗,s∗) let M+={m:zm∗>0}\mathcal M_+=\{m:z^*_m>0\}M+​={m:zm∗​>0} (active matches), M0\mathcal M_0M0​ the rest (redundant matches), Q+={j:sj∗>0}\mathcal Q_+=\{j:s^*_j>0\}Q+​={j:sj∗​>0} (under-demanded types) and Q0\mathcal Q_0Q0​ the rest (over-demanded types). The network satisfies general position (GP) if (SPP) has a unique optimal solution and it is non-degenerate, ∣M+∣+∣Q+∣=n|\mathcal M_+|+|\mathcal Q_+|=n∣M+​∣+∣Q+​∣=n. The general position gap is the smallest positive basic value,

ϵ=min⁡m∈M+zm∗ ∧ min⁡j∈Q+sj∗.\epsilon=\min_{m\in\mathcal M_+}z^*_m\ \wedge\ \min_{j\in\mathcal Q_+}s^*_j .ϵ=m∈M+​min​zm∗​ ∧ j∈Q+​min​sj∗​.

The exhaustive resolving policy with inter-action delay τ\tauτ acts only at the epochs tk=kτt_k=k\tautk​=kτ. There it performs an optimal solution of the integer program max⁡{r⋅z:Mz≤Qtk, z∈Z≥0d}\max\{r\cdot z: Mz\le Q^{t_k},\ z\in\mathbb Z^d_{\ge0}\}max{r⋅z:Mz≤Qtk​, z∈Z≥0d​} with the redundant matches removed, and then discards the leftover agents of the under-demanded types.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1 (Upper bound), p. 14

There are constants κ,Γ>0\kappa,\Gamma>0κ,Γ>0 depending only on n,d,M,rn,d,M,rn,d,M,r such that, under GP, the exhaustive resolving policy with τ=⌈κϵ−1⌉\tau=\lceil\kappa\epsilon^{-1}\rceilτ=⌈κϵ−1⌉ (any tie-breaking) is admissible and

R∗,t−RD,t≤Γ ϵ−1for all t≥1.\mathcal R^{*,t}-\mathcal R^{D,t}\le\Gamma\,\epsilon^{-1}\qquad\text{for all }t\ge1 .R∗,t−RD,t≤Γϵ−1for all t≥1.

The constants are not fixed, so the goal survives any improvement of them.

Milestones

  1. §2, p. 8: R∗,t=max⁡DRD,t\mathcal R^{*,t}=\max_{D}\mathcal R^{D,t}R∗,t=maxD​RD,t, attained by the ultimate batching policy.
  2. §4.2, (4), p. 20: under GP the optimal basis B\mathcal BB is invertible, (zM+∗,sQ+∗)=B−1λ(z^*_{\mathcal M_+},s^*_{\mathcal Q_+})=\mathcal B^{-1}\lambda(zM+​∗​,sQ+​∗​)=B−1λ, and the entries of B−1\mathcal B^{-1}B−1 are bounded by a constant of the topology.
  3. §4.2, p. 20: θ=∑m∈M+rmym\theta=\sum_{m\in\mathcal M_+}r_my^mθ=∑m∈M+​​rm​ym is the optimal dual of (SPP), θ≥0\theta\ge0θ≥0, and θi>0\theta_i>0θi​>0 on Q0\mathcal Q_0Q0​.
  4. Lemma 4.1, p. 19 (optimality test): a policy without redundant matches whose over-demanded queues have mean O(ϵ−1)O(\epsilon^{-1})O(ϵ−1) has regret O(ϵ−1)O(\epsilon^{-1})O(ϵ−1).
  5. Lemma 4.2, p. 21: a Foster–Lyapunov drift condition bounds stationary means (Glynn and Zeevi 2008).
  6. (11), p. 23: Eπ[h∗(Q0)]=O(ϵ−1)\mathbb E_\pi[h^*(Q^0)]=O(\epsilon^{-1})Eπ​[h∗(Q0)]=O(ϵ−1) for the stationary law of the epoch chain.
  7. App. D, p. 49: E0[h∗(Qtk)]=O(ϵ−1)\mathbb E_{\mathbf 0}[h^*(Q^{t_k})]=O(\epsilon^{-1})E0​[h∗(Qtk​)]=O(ϵ−1) for all k≥1k\ge1k≥1.

Here h∗(u)h^*(u)h∗(u) is the θ\thetaθ-weighted leftover in Q0\mathcal Q_0Q0​ after an optimal integer matching of uuu (display (7)).

Significance

The upper bound says that, under GP, hindsight-optimal performance up to an additive constant is achievable at every time simultaneously, not just at a known horizon. Long-run average optimality and near-optimality under discounting follow (Remark 2.1). The bound also quantifies the cost of acting often: the delay τ\tauτ and the regret both scale with ϵ−1\epsilon^{-1}ϵ−1, so networks close to degeneracy force batching. Combined with the paper's lower bound, ϵ−1\epsilon^{-1}ϵ−1 is the right order on non-trivial networks.

The result has a printed proof (§4, Appendices B and D) but no machine-checked one. Several intermediate statements of the printed proof do not hold as stated and are not posed here. The goal and the stated displays (11) and App. D are posed as the paper states them, so a formal proof requires a correct argument for the uniform-in-λ\lambdaλ bound on the over-demanded queues. Lemma 4.1, the basis and duality facts and Lemma 4.2 are self-contained and checkable on their own.

Difficulty

The obvious approach compares the policy's realized matches with the fluid optimum t z∗t\,z^*tz∗ and controls the deviation with concentration bounds. That gives errors of order t\sqrt tt​, not a constant. The constant comes from showing that the over-demanded queues stay of order ϵ−1\epsilon^{-1}ϵ−1 uniformly in time and in λ\lambdaλ. Between epochs these queues behave like a multidimensional reflected random walk whose drift toward zero is only of order ϵτ\epsilon\tauϵτ, while its fluctuations over an epoch are of order τ\sqrt\tauτ​. The delay τ≍ϵ−1\tau\asymp\epsilon^{-1}τ≍ϵ−1 balances the two, but the queue state enters through the integer program (3), whose solution changes discontinuously with the queues, and the quantities that measure the drift are signed combinations of arrival counts, to which the usual one-sided concentration bounds for nonnegative sums do not apply. On top of this every constant must be independent of λ\lambdaλ.

Formalization scope

  • Types are Fin n and matches Fin d (0-based); the topology with its two standing assumptions (∣A(m)∣≥2|\mathcal A(m)|\ge2∣A(m)∣≥2, every type in a match) is a structure, and λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 with ∑λi=1\sum\lambda_i=1∑λi​=1 and r>0r>0r>0 are hypotheses.
  • Time is N\mathbb NN; "for all t>0t>0t>0" is t≥1t\ge1t≥1. The arrival at time s+1s+1s+1 is the sss-th entry of a path ω:N→\omega:\mathbb N\toω:N→ Fin n. Expectations at horizon ttt are finite sums over the first ttt arrivals weighted by ∏λωs\prod\lambda_{\omega_s}∏λωs​​, so no expectation is a default value.
  • Admissible policies are non-anticipative cumulative counts with MDt≤AtMD^t\le A^tMDt≤At and no rejections. The resolving policy's removal of under-demanded leftovers acts on its own virtual queue, which agrees with the actual queue on Q0\mathcal Q_0Q0​; its matches are feasible without removals, so it is admissible.
  • (3) is solved with the redundant matches set to zero, and statements quantify over every tie-breaking selection. A selection exists (a sanity file exhibits one), so these statements are not vacuous.
  • GP is a hypothesis on an explicit pair (z∗,s∗)(z^*,s^*)(z∗,s∗); ϵ\epsilonϵ is the minimum of the positive basic values. The basis inverse is never a matrix-inverse function: statements assert the existence of a two-sided inverse.
  • h∗h^*h∗ is defined in the form min⁡{∑Q0θisi:Mz+s=u, zM0=0}\min\{\sum_{\mathcal Q_0}\theta_is_i: Mz+s=u,\ z_{\mathcal M_0}=0\}min{∑Q0​​θi​si​:Mz+s=u, zM0​​=0}, equivalent to (7) under the paper's reduction M0=∅\mathcal M_0=\emptysetM0​=∅; θ\thetaθ is any solution of the complementary-slackness system, which is unique under GP.
  • Every O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) is an explicit constant, quantified after the topology and rrr and before λ\lambdaλ. Placing it after λ\lambdaλ would turn the theorem into a per-instance boundedness statement and is ruled out.
  • A trivializing formalization (some unspecified policy, a τ\tauτ independent of ϵ\epsilonϵ, or GP replaced by an unsatisfiable condition) is ruled out: the policy is constructed, τ=⌈κ/ϵ⌉\tau=\lceil\kappa/\epsilon\rceilτ=⌈κ/ϵ⌉, and a sanity file proves GP for the Figure 1 network with ϵ=1/5\epsilon=1/5ϵ=1/5.
  • Not posed: the lower bound of Theorem 3.1, Proposition 4.1 (8)–(9), Lemmas B.1–B.2, Proposition B.1 and displays (21)–(22), which do not hold as printed; Theorem 5.2 and §6.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the LP facts (milestones 2–3) and Lemma 4.1, a Mathlib-ready proof of Lemma 4.2, and any correct argument for the epoch bounds.

Selected references

  • S. Kerimov, I. Ashlagi, I. Gurvich, Dynamic Matching: Characterizing and Achieving Constant Regret, SSRN 3824407 (version of Sep 14, 2022); Management Science, 2023. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3824407, https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2021.01215
  • P. W. Glynn, A. Zeevi, Bounding stationary expectations of Markov processes, in Markov Processes and Related Topics, IMS Collections 4, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1214/074921708000000381
  • P. Bumpensanti, H. Wang, A re-solving heuristic with uniformly bounded loss for network revenue management, Management Science 66, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2019.3365
  • D. Bertsimas, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Introduction to Linear Optimization, Athena Scientific, 1997.
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Multilevel Langevin Pathwise Average for Gibbs Approximation III: C² Strongly Contractive Drift, 𝔞 = 2 — L²-Error ≲ [f]₁ε at Cost ((½+√2)/(√2−1))Υ₂²log(γ₀⁻¹)ε⁻²/(γ₀α)Research Paper

Motivation

Sampling from a Gibbs distribution πU∝e−U dλd\pi_U\propto e^{-U}\,d\lambda_dπU​∝e−Udλd​ on Rd\mathbb R^dRd is a basic task in Bayesian statistics, statistical physics and machine learning. A standard approach simulates the Langevin diffusion dXt=−∇U(Xt) dt+2 dBtdX_t=-\nabla U(X_t)\,dt+\sqrt2\,dB_tdXt​=−∇U(Xt​)dt+2​dBt​, whose invariant distribution is πU\pi_UπU​, through its Euler scheme, and averages a test function fff along one long trajectory. The discretization introduces a bias of the order of the step size, so a single-step-size average with accuracy ε\varepsilonε costs more than ε−2\varepsilon^{-2}ε−2 steps. Dalalyan (arXiv:1412.7392) and Durmus–Moulines (arXiv:1605.01559) quantified this for strongly log-concave targets; for occupation measures of the Euler scheme the best previous bound was of order dε−4d\varepsilon^{-4}dε−4 (Durmus–Moulines, Bernoulli 2019, denoted [DM19] in the paper).

Egéa and Panloup (arXiv:2109.07753, Math. Oper. Res., 2025) combine Giles's multilevel Monte Carlo idea (Oper. Res. 2008) with pathwise averages. Each level is one long trajectory, not many independent samples. This mission formalizes their result for a uniformly strongly contractive, twice differentiable drift. In that case the multilevel occupation measure reaches accuracy ε\varepsilonε at a cost of order dε−2d\varepsilon^{-2}dε−2, the order of an unbiased Monte Carlo method.

Setting

Let b:Rd→Rdb:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^db:Rd→Rd be LLL-Lipschitz and satisfy Assumption (Cα)(\mathbf C_\alpha)(Cα​): ⟨b(y)−b(x),y−x⟩≤−α∣x−y∣2\langle b(y)-b(x),y-x\rangle\le-\alpha|x-y|^2⟨b(y)−b(x),y−x⟩≤−α∣x−y∣2 for all x,yx,yx,y, with α∈(0,L∧1]\alpha\in(0,L\wedge1]α∈(0,L∧1]. Let σ>0\sigma>0σ>0. The additive diffusion is Xtx=x+∫0tb(Xsx) ds+σBtX^x_t=x+\int_0^tb(X^x_s)\,ds+\sigma B_tXtx​=x+∫0t​b(Xsx​)ds+σBt​, driven by a standard ddd-dimensional Brownian motion BBB. Let π\piπ be its invariant distribution. Its Euler scheme with step γ\gammaγ is Xˉ0γ,x=x\bar X^{\gamma,x}_0=xXˉ0γ,x​=x, Xˉ(n+1)γγ,x=Xˉnγγ,x+γb(Xˉnγγ,x)+σ(B(n+1)γ−Bnγ)\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{(n+1)\gamma}=\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{n\gamma}+\gamma b(\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{n\gamma})+\sigma(B_{(n+1)\gamma}-B_{n\gamma})Xˉ(n+1)γγ,x​=Xˉnγγ,x​+γb(Xˉnγγ,x​)+σ(B(n+1)γ​−Bnγ​), with invariant distribution πγ\pi^\gammaπγ. Write s‾η=η⌊s/η⌋\underline s_\eta=\eta\lfloor s/\eta\rfloors​η​=η⌊s/η⌋ and [f]1[f]_1[f]1​ for the Lipschitz constant of fff.

Given a first step γ0\gamma_0γ0​, steps γr=γ02−r\gamma_r=\gamma_02^{-r}γr​=γ0​2−r, horizons T0>⋯>TRT_0>\dots>T_RT0​>⋯>TR​, a warm start τ\tauτ, and independent Brownian motions B(0),…,B(R)B^{(0)},\dots,B^{(R)}B(0),…,B(R), the multilevel occupation measure (7) is

Y(f)=1T0−τ∫τT0f(Xˉs‾γ0γ0)ds+∑r=1R1Tr−τ∫τTr(f(Xˉs‾γr−1γr)−f(Xˉs‾γr−1γr−1))ds,\mathcal Y(f)=\frac1{T_0-\tau}\int_\tau^{T_0}f(\bar X^{\gamma_0}_{\underline s_{\gamma_0}})ds+\sum_{r=1}^R\frac1{T_r-\tau}\int_\tau^{T_r}\big(f(\bar X^{\gamma_r}_{\underline s_{\gamma_{r-1}}})-f(\bar X^{\gamma_{r-1}}_{\underline s_{\gamma_{r-1}}})\big)ds,Y(f)=T0​−τ1​∫τT0​​f(Xˉs​γ0​​γ0​​)ds+r=1∑R​Tr​−τ1​∫τTr​​(f(Xˉs​γr−1​​γr​​)−f(Xˉs​γr−1​​γr−1​​))ds,

where both schemes of level rrr start at x0x_0x0​ and are driven by B(r)B^{(r)}B(r). Its cost is C(Y)=T0/γ0+∑r=1R(Tr/γr+Tr/γr−1)\mathcal C(\mathcal Y)=T_0/\gamma_0+\sum_{r=1}^R(T_r/\gamma_r+T_r/\gamma_{r-1})C(Y)=T0​/γ0​+∑r=1R​(Tr​/γr​+Tr​/γr−1​).

When bbb is C2\mathcal C^2C2 with bounded derivatives, set ∥∇b∥2,∞=sup⁡x∥∇b(x)∥F\|\nabla b\|_{2,\infty}=\sup_x\|\nabla b(x)\|_F∥∇b∥2,∞​=supx​∥∇b(x)∥F​ (Frobenius norm of the Jacobian) and ∥Δb∥2,∞2=sup⁡x∑i∣Δbi(x)∣2\|\Delta b\|^2_{2,\infty}=\sup_x\sum_i|\Delta b_i(x)|^2∥Δb∥2,∞2​=supx​∑i​∣Δbi​(x)∣2. The constant (19) is

Υ22=max⁡(1, ∣b(x0)∣2α2+σαL3∥∇b∥2,∞∣b(x0)∣+σ4L4∥Δb∥2,∞2+σ2αdL3∥∇b∥2,∞+σ2dα).\Upsilon_2^2=\max\Big(1,\ \frac{|b(x_0)|^2}{\alpha^2}+\frac{\sigma\sqrt\alpha}{L^3}\|\nabla b\|_{2,\infty}|b(x_0)|+\frac{\sigma^4}{L^4}\|\Delta b\|^2_{2,\infty}+\frac{\sigma^2\alpha\sqrt d}{L^3}\|\nabla b\|_{2,\infty}+\frac{\sigma^2d}{\alpha}\Big).Υ22​=max(1, α2∣b(x0​)∣2​+L3σα​​∥∇b∥2,∞​∣b(x0​)∣+L4σ4​∥Δb∥2,∞2​+L3σ2αd​​∥∇b∥2,∞​+ασ2d​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.3

Take γ0∈(0,α2L2∧12]\gamma_0\in(0,\frac\alpha{2L^2}\wedge\frac12]γ0​∈(0,2L2α​∧21​], Rε=⌈log⁡2(Υ2/ε)⌉R_\varepsilon=\lceil\log_2(\Upsilon_2/\varepsilon)\rceilRε​=⌈log2​(Υ2​/ε)⌉, Tr=Υ22log⁡(γ0−1)α−1ε−22−3r/2T_r=\Upsilon_2^2\log(\gamma_0^{-1})\alpha^{-1}\varepsilon^{-2}2^{-3r/2}Tr​=Υ22​log(γ0−1​)α−1ε−22−3r/2 and τ=α−1∣log⁡ε∣+(2α)−1log⁡Υ2\tau=\alpha^{-1}|\log\varepsilon|+(2\alpha)^{-1}\log\Upsilon_2τ=α−1∣logε∣+(2α)−1logΥ2​. There is a universal constant C1\mathfrak C_1C1​ such that for every ε∈(0,1)\varepsilon\in(0,1)ε∈(0,1) with 2log⁡(Υ2ε−2)≤log⁡(γ0−1)(Υ2/ε)1/2\sqrt2\log(\Upsilon_2\varepsilon^{-2})\le\log(\gamma_0^{-1})(\Upsilon_2/\varepsilon)^{1/2}2​log(Υ2​ε−2)≤log(γ0−1​)(Υ2​/ε)1/2,

∥Y(f)−π(f)∥2≤C1[f]1ε,C(Y)≤12+22−1 Υ22log⁡(γ0−1)γ0α ε−2.\|\mathcal Y(f)-\pi(f)\|_2\le\mathfrak C_1[f]_1\varepsilon,\qquad\mathcal C(\mathcal Y)\le\frac{\frac12+\sqrt2}{\sqrt2-1}\,\frac{\Upsilon_2^2\log(\gamma_0^{-1})}{\gamma_0\alpha}\,\varepsilon^{-2}.∥Y(f)−π(f)∥2​≤C1​[f]1​ε,C(Y)≤2​−121​+2​​γ0​αΥ22​log(γ0−1​)​ε−2.

The constant C1\mathfrak C_1C1​ is the same for all ddd, bbb, σ\sigmaσ, fff, x0x_0x0​, γ0\gamma_0γ0​ and ε\varepsilonε.

Companion: (22)

Under α/L2≤1\alpha/L^2\le1α/L2≤1, σ2α−1d≥1\sigma^2\alpha^{-1}d\ge1σ2α−1d≥1 and dimension-free bounds on ∣b(x0)∣|b(x_0)|∣b(x0​)∣, ∥∇b∥2,∞\|\nabla b\|_{2,\infty}∥∇b∥2,∞​ and ∥Δb∥2,∞\|\Delta b\|_{2,\infty}∥Δb∥2,∞​, the choice γ0=α/(2L2)\gamma_0=\alpha/(2L^2)γ0​=α/(2L2), Υ~22=σ2α−1d\tilde\Upsilon_2^2=\sigma^2\alpha^{-1}dΥ~22​=σ2α−1d gives C(Y)≤22+12−1σ2L2α3log⁡2L2α dε−2\mathcal C(\mathcal Y)\le\frac{2\sqrt2+1}{\sqrt2-1}\frac{\sigma^2L^2}{\alpha^3}\log\frac{2L^2}{\alpha}\,d\varepsilon^{-2}C(Y)≤2​−122​+1​α3σ2L2​logα2L2​dε−2.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's proof in order:

  • Lemma 5.1 (i), (iii): stability of the scheme and the assumptions (H1)(\mathbf H_1)(H1​), (H4)(\mathbf H_4)(H4​).
  • Lemma 5.2 (ii): a one-step error of order γ3\gamma^3γ3.
  • Proposition 5.1 (ii), (iii): a uniform-in-time strong error β2(x)γ2\beta_2(x)\gamma^2β2​(x)γ2 and (H2)(\mathbf H_2)(H2​) with a=2\mathfrak a=2a=2.
  • Proposition 5.2: W1(π,πγ)≤β2(x⋆)γ\mathcal W_1(\pi,\pi^\gamma)\le\sqrt{\beta_2(x^\star)}\gammaW1​(π,πγ)≤β2​(x⋆)​γ.
  • Proposition 2.2: (H2)(\mathbf H_2)(H2​)–(H4)(\mathbf H_4)(H4​) with constants controlled by Υ2\Upsilon_2Υ2​.
  • Remark 4.1: the paper's general complexity theorem, with constants known up to universal factors.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2.3 gives an explicit algorithm whose cost to reach L2L^2L2 accuracy ε\varepsilonε on π(f)\pi(f)π(f) is of order ε−2\varepsilon^{-2}ε−2, uniformly over Lipschitz fff. Under (22) the cost is O(dε−2)O(d\varepsilon^{-2})O(dε−2). Apart from constants depending on α\alphaα and LLL, this is the complexity of a Monte Carlo method without bias, an improvement over the dε−4d\varepsilon^{-4}dε−4 known for single-level occupation measures. Corollary 2.2 of the paper applies it to Gibbs distributions with a C3\mathcal C^3C3 potential.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper. A machine-checked version needs a formal multilevel estimator over infinite horizons, uniform-in-time strong error bounds for the Euler scheme, and an application of Itô's formula to b(y+σBt)b(y+\sigma B_t)b(y+σBt​), none of which exists in Lean. Formalizing also checks the paper's constants. For instance, the printed exponential rate in the W2\mathcal W_2W2​ contraction behind (H1)(\mathbf H_1)(H1​) is α\alphaα, while its proof gives α/2\alpha/2α/2, and the milestone states α/2\alpha/2α/2. No part of this result has been machine-checked.

Difficulty

Two steps resist a direct approach. First, the order-one strong error (Lemma 5.2(ii), Proposition 5.1(ii)). Bounding the one-step error by the Lipschitz constant alone gives order γ2\gamma^2γ2 per step, hence order γ1/2\gamma^{1/2}γ1/2 globally; this is Lemma 5.2(i) and the a=1\mathfrak a=1a=1 regime, with an extra log⁡3ε\log^3\varepsilonlog3ε in the cost. The gain to γ3\gamma^3γ3 needs the second-order structure of bbb along the Brownian path, through a martingale term and the Laplacian of bbb. Second, the error must be controlled uniformly over infinite horizons. Every estimate has to combine the contraction (Cα)(\mathbf C_\alpha)(Cα​) with the step-size restriction γ≤α/(2L2)\gamma\le\alpha/(2L^2)γ≤α/(2L2); a Gronwall argument on a finite horizon gives constants that grow with time.

For the goal itself, the cost bound (21) is arithmetic once the parameters are fixed. The content is the error bound with a constant that is universal, not merely independent of ε\varepsilonε.

Formalization scope

  • Rd\mathbb R^dRd is the published EthierKurtz.SDEState d, and Brownian motions are the published EthierKurtz.IsStandardBrownian.
  • The diffusion is a pathwise solution of Xt=x+∫0tb(Xs)ds+σWtX_t=x+\int_0^tb(X_s)ds+\sigma W_tXt​=x+∫0t​b(Xs​)ds+σWt​ with continuous paths. No stochastic integral appears in any statement.
  • π\piπ is a probability measure invariant for the diffusion's transition laws. πγ\pi^\gammaπγ is any probability invariant for the Euler step x↦x+γb(x)+σγZx\mapsto x+\gamma b(x)+\sigma\sqrt\gamma Zx↦x+γb(x)+σγ​Z, with ZZZ standard Gaussian.
  • ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​ is eLpNorm · 2 P, valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. The schemes are evaluated at grid times, except in (H4)(\mathbf H_4)(H4​) and (47), which use the continuous-time scheme.
  • C2\mathcal C^2C2 with bounded partial derivatives is ContDiff ℝ 2 b plus a uniform bound on the first and second Fréchet derivatives.
  • ∥∇b∥2,∞\|\nabla b\|_{2,\infty}∥∇b∥2,∞​ and ∥Δb∥2,∞2\|\Delta b\|^2_{2,\infty}∥Δb∥2,∞2​ follow pp. 31–32, which correct the misplaced squares of (18).
  • "≲uc\lesssim_{uc}≲uc​" is an existential constant quantified before every datum.
  • The ε0\varepsilon_0ε0​ of Theorem 2.3 is read as membership in its defining set.
  • The cost formula is used for every TrT_rTr​.
  • Added hypotheses: σ>0\sigma>0σ>0 wherever the page leaves it implicit; C2\mathcal C^2C2 regularity in Lemma 5.2(ii) and Propositions 5.1–5.2; γ<1\gamma<1γ<1 in Proposition 5.2; d≥1d\ge1d≥1 in Proposition 5.1(iii); α≤1\alpha\le1α≤1 in Proposition 2.2.

The goal does not assume (H1)(\mathbf H_1)(H1​)–(H4)(\mathbf H_4)(H4​), Proposition 2.2 or any variance or bias estimate. It assumes only (Cα)(\mathbf C_\alpha)(Cα​), Lipschitz and C2\mathcal C^2C2 regularity of bbb, σ>0\sigma>0σ>0, invariance of π\piπ and the parameter choices. Those results appear only as milestones.

Contributions that would be reusable elsewhere: uniform-in-time moment and strong-error bounds for Euler schemes of contractive SDEs, Itô's formula for a C2\mathcal C^2C2 function of Brownian motion, and the general multilevel complexity theorem (Remark 4.1). Proofs of the milestones are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • M. Egéa, F. Panloup, Multilevel-Langevin pathwise average for Gibbs approximation, Math. Oper. Res., 2025; arXiv:2109.07753v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/2109.07753
  • M. B. Giles, Multilevel Monte Carlo path simulation, Oper. Res. 56(3), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0496
  • A. Durmus, É. Moulines, High-dimensional Bayesian inference via the unadjusted Langevin algorithm, Bernoulli 25(4A), 2019. https://doi.org/10.3150/18-BEJ1073
  • A. S. Dalalyan, Theoretical guarantees for approximate sampling from smooth and log-concave densities, J. R. Stat. Soc. B 79(3), 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1412.7392
  • A. Durmus, É. Moulines, Nonasymptotic convergence analysis for the unadjusted Langevin algorithm, Ann. Appl. Probab. 27(3), 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1507.05021
16 thms1 active userReviewed
Graph TheoryOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Opinion Dynamics on Directed Complex Networks 1: On Graph Sequences Admitting a Strong Coupling, the Typical Stationary Opinion Converges to the Root Opinion R* of the Local Weak LimitResearch Paper

Opinions on large directed social networks

Linear models of opinion formation go back to DeGroot (DeGroot 1974), in which every individual repeatedly replaces their opinion by a weighted average of the opinions of the people they listen to, and to Friedkin and Johnsen (Friedkin–Johnsen 1990), who added a persistent internal opinion. Fraiman, Lin and Olvera-Cravioto (arXiv:2209.00969v2, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2025) add a random external (media) signal whose law may depend on the individual's attributes, which models selective exposure, and ask what the opinions look like on a large random social network. The answer is the behaviour of a typical individual, a uniformly chosen vertex: its stationary opinion converges in law to the opinion of the root of the network's local weak limit, and the empirical distribution of all stationary opinions converges to the same law. Questions such as consensus or polarization are then questions about one limiting random variable, independent of the particular realization of the network.

This mission formalizes that main result (Theorem 2) together with the fixed-graph stationarity theorem it rests on (Theorem 1).

Setting

A vertex-weighted directed graph on a vertex set VVV gives each vertex iii an in-degree di−d_i^-di−​, an ordered list of inbound neighbours ℓ(i,1),…,ℓ(i,di−)\ell(i,1),\dots,\ell(i,d_i^-)ℓ(i,1),…,ℓ(i,di−​) and weights c(i,r)∈[0,1]c(i,r)\in[0,1]c(i,r)∈[0,1] with ∑rc(i,r)=c\sum_r c(i,r)=c∑r​c(i,r)=c whenever di−>0d_i^->0di−​>0. The parameters satisfy c∈[0,1)c\in[0,1)c∈[0,1), d∈(0,1]d\in(0,1]d∈(0,1], c+d≤1c+d\le1c+d≤1. The opinions Ri(k)∈[−1,1]R_i^{(k)}\in[-1,1]Ri(k)​∈[−1,1] evolve by recursion (1),

Ri(k+1)=∑r=1di−c(i,r) Rℓ(i,r)(k)+Wi(k)+(1−c−d)Ri(k),k≥0,R_i^{(k+1)}=\sum_{r=1}^{d_i^-}c(i,r)\,R^{(k)}_{\ell(i,r)}+W_i^{(k)}+(1-c-d)R_i^{(k)},\qquad k\ge0,Ri(k+1)​=r=1∑di−​​c(i,r)Rℓ(i,r)(k)​+Wi(k)​+(1−c−d)Ri(k)​,k≥0,

where the external signals Wi(k)W_i^{(k)}Wi(k)​ are independent, i.i.d. in time given the vertex mark, and bounded by ∣Wi(k)∣≤d+c−∑rc(i,r)|W_i^{(k)}|\le d+c-\sum_rc(i,r)∣Wi(k)​∣≤d+c−∑r​c(i,r). With the operator Δf(i)=∑rc(i,r)f(ℓ(i,r))+(1−c−d)f(i)\Delta f(i)=\sum_rc(i,r)f(\ell(i,r))+(1-c-d)f(i)Δf(i)=∑r​c(i,r)f(ℓ(i,r))+(1−c−d)f(i) this reads R(k+1)=ΔR(k)+W(k)R^{(k+1)}=\Delta R^{(k)}+W^{(k)}R(k+1)=ΔR(k)+W(k). The stationary vector is R=∑r≥0ΔrW(r)R=\sum_{r\ge0}\Delta^rW^{(r)}R=∑r≥0​ΔrW(r).

The full mark of a vertex is Xi=(Ai,Qi,Si,Di−,C(i,1),C(i,2),… )\mathbf X_i=(\mathbf A_i,Q_i,S_i,D_i^-,C(i,1),C(i,2),\dots)Xi​=(Ai​,Qi​,Si​,Di−​,C(i,1),C(i,2),…): a generic attribute, an internal opinion, a stubbornness label, the in-degree and the weights. Marks are compared by the metric

ρ(x,x~)=ρ′(a,a~)+∣q−q~∣+∣s−s~∣+∣d−−d~−∣+∑j∣cj1(d−≥j)−c~j1(d~−≥j)∣.\rho(\mathbf x,\tilde{\mathbf x})=\rho'(\mathbf a,\tilde{\mathbf a})+|q-\tilde q|+|s-\tilde s|+|d^--\tilde d^-|+\sum_j|c_j\mathbb 1(d^-\ge j)-\tilde c_j\mathbb 1(\tilde d^-\ge j)|.ρ(x,x~)=ρ′(a,a~)+∣q−q~​∣+∣s−s~∣+∣d−−d~−∣+j∑​∣cj​1(d−≥j)−c~j​1(d~−≥j)∣.

A random graph sequence G(Vn,En;An)G(V_n,E_n;\mathscr A_n)G(Vn​,En​;An​) has vertex set Vn={1,…,n}V_n=\{1,\dots,n\}Vn​={1,…,n} and attributes An={Yi=(Ai,Qi,Si)}\mathscr A_n=\{\mathbf Y_i=(\mathbf A_i,Q_i,S_i)\}An​={Yi​=(Ai​,Qi​,Si​)}; edges and weights are random given the attributes. The conditional expectation En[⋅]=E[⋅∣An]E_n[\cdot]=E[\cdot\mid\mathscr A_n]En​[⋅]=E[⋅∣An​] conditions on the attributes only. The in-component of depth kkk of a vertex vvv is the set of vertices with a directed path of length at most kkk to vvv. The sequence admits a strong coupling (Definition 4) with a rooted marked graph G(X)\mathcal G(\boldsymbol{\mathcal X})G(X) if, for two independent uniform vertices In,JnI_n,J_nIn​,Jn​, every depth k≥1k\ge1k≥1 and every ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0, there are two independent copies of G(X)\mathcal G(\boldsymbol{\mathcal X})G(X) whose depth-kkk root in-components are, with conditional probability tending to one in probability, isomorphic to those of InI_nIn​ and JnJ_nJn​, with all marks ϵ\epsilonϵ-close in ρ\rhoρ and the two in-components of InI_nIn​ and JnJ_nJn​ disjoint. The Wasserstein distance is d1(μ,ν)=inf⁡{E∣X−Y∣:X∼μ,Y∼ν}d_1(\mu,\nu)=\inf\{E|X-Y|:X\sim\mu,Y\sim\nu\}d1​(μ,ν)=inf{E∣X−Y∣:X∼μ,Y∼ν}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2

Assume a strong coupling, d>0d>0d>0, and a signal kernel ν(x)\nu(\mathbf x)ν(x) with d1(ν(x),ν(x~))≤Kρ(x,x~)d_1(\nu(\mathbf x),\nu(\tilde{\mathbf x}))\le K\rho(\mathbf x,\tilde{\mathbf x})d1​(ν(x),ν(x~))≤Kρ(x,x~). Then there are laws LkL_kLk​ of (R(0),…,R(k))(\mathcal R^{(0)},\dots,\mathcal R^{(k)})(R(0),…,R(k)) and L∗L^*L∗ of R∗\mathcal R^*R∗, not depending on nnn, with

max⁡0≤r≤kE[∣RIn(r)−R(r)∣∣An]→P0,1n∑i=1nf(Ri(k))→PEf(R(k)),\max_{0\le r\le k}E\bigl[|R^{(r)}_{I_n}-\mathcal R^{(r)}|\bigm|\mathscr A_n\bigr]\xrightarrow{P}0,\qquad \frac1n\sum_{i=1}^nf(R_i^{(k)})\xrightarrow{P}E f(\mathcal R^{(k)}),0≤r≤kmax​E[∣RIn​(r)​−R(r)∣​An​]P​0,n1​i=1∑n​f(Ri(k)​)P​Ef(R(k)), E[∣RIn−R∗∣∣An]→P0,1n∑i=1nf(Ri)→PEf(R∗),E\bigl[|R_{I_n}-\mathcal R^*|\bigm|\mathscr A_n\bigr]\xrightarrow{P}0,\qquad \frac1n\sum_{i=1}^nf(R_i)\xrightarrow{P}E f(\mathcal R^*),E[∣RIn​​−R∗∣​An​]P​0,n1​i=1∑n​f(Ri​)P​Ef(R∗),

for every continuous fff on [−1,1][-1,1][−1,1], and R(k)⇒R∗\mathcal R^{(k)}\Rightarrow\mathcal R^*R(k)⇒R∗ geometrically fast:

d1(law R(k),law R∗)≤(1−d)k(2d+2).d_1\bigl(\mathrm{law}\,\mathcal R^{(k)},\mathrm{law}\,\mathcal R^*\bigr)\le(1-d)^k\Bigl(\frac2d+2\Bigr).d1​(lawR(k),lawR∗)≤(1−d)k(d2​+2).

Milestones

  1. ∥Δ∥∞≤1−d\|\Delta\|_\infty\le1-d∥Δ∥∞​≤1−d (proof of Theorem 1, p. 22).
  2. Theorem 1 (p. 5): on a fixed locally finite graph, R(k)⇒RR^{(k)}\Rightarrow RR(k)⇒R at a geometric rate, with a limit that does not depend on R(0)R^{(0)}R(0).
  3. Theorem 2(1) (p. 8): the fixed-time statement.

A supporting statement of the proposal, not a milestone, is the tail bound ∥R−B(k)∥∞≤2∑r>k(1−d)r\|R-B^{(k)}\|_\infty\le2\sum_{r>k}(1-d)^r∥R−B(k)∥∞​≤2∑r>k​(1−d)r for B(k)=∑r≤kΔrW(r)B^{(k)}=\sum_{r\le k}\Delta^rW^{(r)}B(k)=∑r≤k​ΔrW(r) (proof of Theorem 2, p. 28).

Significance

Theorem 2 reduces the stationary opinion distribution of a large network to a single random variable R∗\mathcal R^*R∗ attached to the local limit. When the limit is a marked Galton–Watson tree, R∗\mathcal R^*R∗ has an explicit series representation whose mean and variance are computed in closed form later in the paper (the other two missions of this series), and these formulas are what explain consensus and polarization. Strong couplings exist ([Olvera-Cravioto 2022], cited on p. 8 of the paper) for Erdős–Rényi graphs, the Chung–Lu and Norros–Reittu models, the configuration model, stochastic block models and preferential attachment graphs, so the theorem applies to most random graph models used for social networks.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing in it has been formalized. On Prove2Me this is the first statement of a strong coupling, a form of local weak convergence for directed marked graphs, and of a stochastic recursion on a random graph. The definitions of in-components, the coupling event and the strong coupling are reusable for any local-limit statement about directed random graphs, and the contraction and time-reversal milestones are reusable for linear stochastic recursions.

Difficulty

The fixed-graph part is a contraction argument, but the coupled object is not the opinion process itself: R(k)R^{(k)}R(k) does not converge almost surely, and only its time reversal B(k)B^{(k)}B(k) does. The main difficulty is Theorem 2. A local limit controls one neighbourhood at a time, while the empirical averages need two uniformly chosen vertices to be asymptotically independent, which a one-vertex limit statement does not give. The errors in weights, signals and initial opinions enter at every vertex of a depth-kkk neighbourhood, and the statements condition only on the attributes, with edges and weights integrated out. The stationary statement then requires an interchange of n→∞n\to\inftyn→∞ and k→∞k\to\inftyk→∞ that is uniform in nnn.

Formalization scope

All random objects of the mmm-th model live on one probability space, and the mmm-th graph has m+1m+1m+1 vertices (the paper's Gm+1G_{m+1}Gm+1​), so a uniform vertex always exists. Signals are written Wi(k)=ζ(Xi,Ui(k))W_i^{(k)}=\zeta(\mathbf X_i,U_i^{(k)})Wi(k)​=ζ(Xi​,Ui(k)​) and initial opinions Ri(0)=φ(Xi,Vi)R_i^{(0)}=\varphi(\mathbf X_i,V_i)Ri(0)​=φ(Xi​,Vi​) with i.i.d. uniforms independent of the graph: this quantile representation is equivalent in law to the paper's conditionally i.i.d. signals. Neighbour indices are 0-based. The conditional quantities given An\mathscr A_nAn​ are regular conditional distributions given the attribute vector, and "random variables whose distribution does not depend on An\mathscr A_nAn​" are encoded by fixed limit laws, with the paper's E[∣⋅∣∣An]→0E[|\cdot|\mid\mathscr A_n]\to0E[∣⋅∣∣An​]→0 read as d1d_1d1​ convergence in probability of the conditional laws, which is equivalent. Theorem 1 is stated on countably many vertices, with its geometric rate given as an explicit bound for 1-Lipschitz test functions of finitely many coordinates.

Disclosed choices: the strong coupling is stated on the given space with measurable events inside the coupling events (the event "an isomorphism exists" need not be measurable), with isomorphisms that preserve the order of inbound neighbours (which the proof uses), and through its second bullet, which implies the first. The paper's conditional independence of weight vectors given An\mathscr A_nAn​ is not imposed. The strong coupling also requires the depth-kkk in-components of InI_nIn​ and JnJ_nJn​ to be disjoint on the coupling event: the proof of Theorem 7 uses this, and without it Definition 4 admits a graph whose vertices all listen to a single hub, whose shared signals keep 1n∑if(Ri(k))\frac1n\sum_if(R_i^{(k)})n1​∑i​f(Ri(k)​) random. The page puts no condition on R(0)R^{(0)}R(0) beyond conditional independence of the signals, but Theorem 2(1) at time 000 is false then (take R(0)≡(−1)nR^{(0)}\equiv(-1)^nR(0)≡(−1)n); the statement assumes a d1d_1d1​-Lipschitz initial kernel with the same KKK, which covers the paper's own simulations. The geometric rate uses the constant of the proof.

Trivializing readings are excluded: every tsum is absolutely summable under the hypotheses, conditional laws are regular conditional distributions of measurable random variables, the averages have no division by zero, and the limit laws are forced onto [−1,1][-1,1][−1,1] by the convergence, so no integral defaults to 000. Theorem 7 of the paper (the two-vertex coupling) is not a milestone. Contributions of proofs of any milestone, and of general lemmas on regular conditional distributions and Wasserstein couplings, are welcome.

Selected references

  • N. Fraiman, T.-C. Lin and M. Olvera-Cravioto, Opinion dynamics on directed complex networks, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2025; preprint arXiv:2209.00969v2, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/2209.00969v2
  • M. H. DeGroot, Reaching a consensus, Journal of the American Statistical Association 69 (1974), 118–121. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1974.10480137
  • N. E. Friedkin and E. C. Johnsen, Social influence and opinions, Journal of Mathematical Sociology 15 (1990), 193–206. https://doi.org/10.1080/0022250X.1990.9990069
  • M. Olvera-Cravioto, Strong couplings for static locally tree-like random graphs, Journal of Applied Probability 59(4) (2022), 1261–1285 (reference [33] of the paper, where the random graph models admitting strong couplings are listed).
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Multilevel Langevin Pathwise Average for Gibbs Approximation II: Strongly Contractive Drift, 𝔞 = 1 — L²-Error ≲ [f]₁ε at Cost (5log γ₀⁻¹/2αγ₀)Υ₁²ε⁻²⌈log₂(Υ₁²ε⁻²)⌉³Research Paper

Motivation

Sampling from a Gibbs distribution πU∝e−U dλd\pi_U \propto e^{-U}\,d\lambda_dπU​∝e−Udλd​ on Rd\mathbb R^dRd, or computing integrals π(f)\pi(f)π(f) against it, is a basic task of Bayesian statistics, statistical physics and stochastic optimization. A standard route is to simulate a diffusion whose invariant law is the target, for instance the overdamped Langevin equation dXt=−∇U(Xt) dt+2 dBtdX_t = -\nabla U(X_t)\,dt + \sqrt2\,dB_tdXt​=−∇U(Xt​)dt+2​dBt​, discretize it with the Euler scheme, and average a function along one long trajectory. Discretization introduces a bias of order of the step size, and the long-time average introduces a variance that decays like the inverse of the horizon, so reaching root-mean-square accuracy ε\varepsilonε with a single Euler scheme costs more than ε−2\varepsilon^{-2}ε−2 steps.

Egéa and Panloup (arXiv:2109.07753, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2025) adapt Giles's multilevel Monte Carlo idea (Giles 2008) to this infinite-horizon setting: they combine a coarse pathwise average with corrections between coupled Euler schemes of successively halved steps, run over decreasing horizons. Their general complexity theorem (Theorem 2.1) is stated under four abstract assumptions (H₁)–(H₄). This mission formalizes the first concrete instance the paper gives: an additive diffusion with a strongly contractive drift, where the assumptions are verified with explicit dependence on the dimension and the cost is of order ε−2log⁡3(ε−1)\varepsilon^{-2}\log^3(\varepsilon^{-1})ε−2log3(ε−1).

Setting

Let ∣⋅∣|\cdot|∣⋅∣ and ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ be the Euclidean norm and inner product on Rd\mathbb R^dRd. Let b:Rd→Rdb:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^db:Rd→Rd be LLL-Lipschitz and satisfy the contractivity assumption (Cα)(\mathbf C_\alpha)(Cα​):

⟨b(y)−b(x),y−x⟩≤−α∣x−y∣2(x,y∈Rd),\langle b(y)-b(x),y-x\rangle\le-\alpha|x-y|^2\qquad(x,y\in\mathbb R^d),⟨b(y)−b(x),y−x⟩≤−α∣x−y∣2(x,y∈Rd),

with 0<α≤L0<\alpha\le L0<α≤L. For b=−∇Ub=-\nabla Ub=−∇U this is uniform strong convexity of UUU. Let σ>0\sigma>0σ>0 and let WWW be a standard ddd-dimensional Brownian motion. The additive diffusion started at xxx is Xtx=x+∫0tb(Xsx) ds+σWtX^x_t = x+\int_0^t b(X^x_s)\,ds+\sigma W_tXtx​=x+∫0t​b(Xsx​)ds+σWt​; a probability π\piπ is invariant for it if ∫P(Xtx∈A) π(dx)=π(A)\int\mathbb P(X^x_t\in A)\,\pi(dx)=\pi(A)∫P(Xtx​∈A)π(dx)=π(A) for all ttt and Borel AAA.

The Euler scheme with step γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 is Xˉ0γ,x=x\bar X^{\gamma,x}_0=xXˉ0γ,x​=x, Xˉ(n+1)γγ,x=Xˉnγγ,x+γb(Xˉnγγ,x)+σ(W(n+1)γ−Wnγ)\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{(n+1)\gamma}=\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{n\gamma}+\gamma b(\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{n\gamma})+\sigma(W_{(n+1)\gamma}-W_{n\gamma})Xˉ(n+1)γγ,x​=Xˉnγγ,x​+γb(Xˉnγγ,x​)+σ(W(n+1)γ​−Wnγ​), extended to continuous time by Xˉt=x+∫0tb(Xˉs‾) ds+σWt\bar X_t=x+\int_0^t b(\bar X_{\underline s})\,ds+\sigma W_tXˉt​=x+∫0t​b(Xˉs​​)ds+σWt​, s‾=γ⌊s/γ⌋\underline s=\gamma\lfloor s/\gamma\rfloors​=γ⌊s/γ⌋. A probability πγ\pi^\gammaπγ invariant for one step of the scheme is its invariant distribution.

The multilevel occupation measure with start x0x_0x0​, coarse step γ0\gamma_0γ0​, levels r=0,…,Rr=0,\dots,Rr=0,…,R, steps γr=γ02−r\gamma_r=\gamma_02^{-r}γr​=γ0​2−r, horizons TrT_rTr​ and warm-start time τ\tauτ is

Y(f)=1T0−τ∫τT0f(Xˉs‾γ0γ0) ds+∑r=1R1Tr−τ∫τTr(f(Xˉs‾γr−1γr)−f(Xˉs‾γr−1γr−1)) ds,\mathcal Y(f)=\frac1{T_0-\tau}\int_\tau^{T_0}f(\bar X^{\gamma_0}_{\underline s_{\gamma_0}})\,ds+\sum_{r=1}^R\frac1{T_r-\tau}\int_\tau^{T_r}\big(f(\bar X^{\gamma_r}_{\underline s_{\gamma_{r-1}}})-f(\bar X^{\gamma_{r-1}}_{\underline s_{\gamma_{r-1}}})\big)\,ds,Y(f)=T0​−τ1​∫τT0​​f(Xˉs​γ0​​γ0​​)ds+r=1∑R​Tr​−τ1​∫τTr​​(f(Xˉs​γr−1​​γr​​)−f(Xˉs​γr−1​​γr−1​​))ds,

where level rrr uses its own Brownian motion B(r)B^{(r)}B(r), independent across levels, and both schemes of a level share it. Its cost is C(Y)=T0/γ0+∑r=1R(Tr/γr+Tr/γr−1)\mathcal C(\mathcal Y)=T_0/\gamma_0+\sum_{r=1}^R(T_r/\gamma_r+T_r/\gamma_{r-1})C(Y)=T0​/γ0​+∑r=1R​(Tr​/γr​+Tr​/γr−1​), the number of simulated Euler steps. Write [f]1[f]_1[f]1​ for the Lipschitz constant of fff and

Υ12=1∨(α−2∣b(x0)∣2+α−1σ2d).\Upsilon_1^2=1\vee\big(\alpha^{-2}|b(x_0)|^2+\alpha^{-1}\sigma^2d\big).Υ12​=1∨(α−2∣b(x0​)∣2+α−1σ2d).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.2

There is a universal constant C1\mathfrak C_1C1​ such that, for α∈(0,L∧1]\alpha\in(0,L\wedge1]α∈(0,L∧1], γ0∈(0,α2L2∧12]\gamma_0\in(0,\frac\alpha{2L^2}\wedge\frac12]γ0​∈(0,2L2α​∧21​], the parameters

r0=Υ1,Rε=⌈2log⁡2(r0ε−1)⌉,Tr=Υ12log⁡(γ0−1)αε−2Rε22−r,τ=2α∣log⁡ε∣+1αlog⁡Υ1,r_0=\Upsilon_1,\quad R_\varepsilon=\lceil2\log_2(r_0\varepsilon^{-1})\rceil,\quad T_r=\frac{\Upsilon_1^2\log(\gamma_0^{-1})}{\alpha}\varepsilon^{-2}R_\varepsilon^22^{-r},\quad \tau=\frac2\alpha|\log\varepsilon|+\frac1\alpha\log\Upsilon_1,r0​=Υ1​,Rε​=⌈2log2​(r0​ε−1)⌉,Tr​=αΥ12​log(γ0−1​)​ε−2Rε2​2−r,τ=α2​∣logε∣+α1​logΥ1​,

and every ε∈(0,1)\varepsilon\in(0,1)ε∈(0,1) with 2log⁡(Υ1ε−2)≤log⁡(γ0−1)Rε22\log(\Upsilon_1\varepsilon^{-2})\le\log(\gamma_0^{-1})R_\varepsilon^22log(Υ1​ε−2)≤log(γ0−1​)Rε2​,

∥Y(f)−π(f)∥2≤C1[f]1ε,C(Y)≤5log⁡(γ0−1)2αγ0Υ12ε−2⌈log⁡2(Υ12ε−2)⌉3.\|\mathcal Y(f)-\pi(f)\|_2\le\mathfrak C_1[f]_1\varepsilon,\qquad\mathcal C(\mathcal Y)\le\frac{5\log(\gamma_0^{-1})}{2\alpha\gamma_0}\Upsilon_1^2\varepsilon^{-2}\lceil\log_2(\Upsilon_1^2\varepsilon^{-2})\rceil^3.∥Y(f)−π(f)∥2​≤C1​[f]1​ε,C(Y)≤2αγ0​5log(γ0−1​)​Υ12​ε−2⌈log2​(Υ12​ε−2)⌉3.

The constant C1\mathfrak C_1C1​ does not depend on ddd, bbb, σ\sigmaσ, fff, x0x_0x0​ or ε\varepsilonε; all dependence on the problem sits in the explicit cost.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 5.1 (i)–(iii): uniform second-moment bound (47), existence and uniqueness of πγ\pi^\gammaπγ, the L2L^2L2 contraction E∣Xˉtγ,x−Xˉtγ,y∣2≤∣x−y∣2e−αt\mathbb E|\bar X^{\gamma,x}_t-\bar X^{\gamma,y}_t|^2\le|x-y|^2e^{-\alpha t}E∣Xˉtγ,x​−Xˉtγ,y​∣2≤∣x−y∣2e−αt, the bound W2(δx,πγ)≤c1(x)\mathcal W_2(\delta_x,\pi^\gamma)\le c_1(x)W2​(δx​,πγ)≤c1​(x), and from these (H₁) and (H₄).
  2. Lemma 5.2 (i): the one-step error between diffusion and Euler step.
  3. Proposition 5.1 (i) and (iii) with a=1\mathfrak a=1a=1: ∥Xnγx−Xˉnγγ,x∥22≤β1(x)γ\|X^x_{n\gamma}-\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{n\gamma}\|_2^2\le\beta_1(x)\gamma∥Xnγx​−Xˉnγγ,x​∥22​≤β1​(x)γ uniformly in nnn, hence (H₂).
  4. Proposition 5.2 with a=1\mathfrak a=1a=1, δ=12\delta=\frac12δ=21​: W1(π,πγ)≤β1(x⋆)γ\mathcal W_1(\pi,\pi^\gamma)\le\sqrt{\beta_1(x^\star)\gamma}W1​(π,πγ)≤β1​(x⋆)γ​, hence (H₃).
  5. Proposition 2.1: all four assumptions with max⁡(αc22/L2,αc32/L2,c42)≲Υ12\max(\alpha c_2^2/L^2,\alpha c_3^2/L^2,c_4^2)\lesssim\Upsilon_1^2max(αc22​/L2,αc32​/L2,c42​)≲Υ12​.
  6. Remark 4.1: Theorem 2.1 (ii) for the additive scheme when the constants are known up to universal factors.
  7. Theorem 2.2 (15): the refinement with Υ~12=σ2α−1d\tilde\Upsilon_1^2=\sigma^2\alpha^{-1}dΥ~12​=σ2α−1d and γ0=α/(2L2)\gamma_0=\alpha/(2L^2)γ0​=α/(2L2).

Significance

The goal gives a complexity of order ε−2log⁡3(ε−1)\varepsilon^{-2}\log^3(\varepsilon^{-1})ε−2log3(ε−1) for approximating π(f)\pi(f)π(f) by a pathwise average of Euler schemes, within a logarithmic factor of the ε−2\varepsilon^{-2}ε−2 of an unbiased Monte Carlo method, with constants explicit in ddd, α\alphaα, LLL, σ\sigmaσ. When ∣b(x0)∣≲d|b(x_0)|\lesssim\sqrt d∣b(x0​)∣≲d​, the cost is of order dε−2(log⁡3d+log⁡3ε)d\varepsilon^{-2}(\log^3d+\log^3\varepsilon)dε−2(log3d+log3ε). The intermediate results (uniform-in-time strong error of the Euler scheme, Wasserstein bias of its invariant law, step-independent contraction) are standard tools of Langevin Monte Carlo and are reusable on their own.

The results are proved in the paper; none of them is machine-checked. A formal proof would certify both the abstract multilevel argument as instantiated here and the explicit constants. The formal statements also pin three printed slips: the ceiling in (14) (cube of the ceiling, not ceiling of the cube), the first line of (12) (the function c1c_1c1​ of Lemma 5.1 (ii)), and the factor in (15).

Difficulty

The obvious argument controls bias and variance separately for each level. The bias of a pathwise average involves the long-time behaviour of the scheme, and the variance of a correcting level involves the L2L^2L2 distance between two coupled schemes over an unbounded horizon: both require estimates uniform in time, which fail for a merely Lipschitz drift (the strong error of the Euler scheme grows exponentially on finite horizons). Contractivity is what makes the strong error O(γ)O(\sqrt\gamma)O(γ​) uniformly in nnn, and the delicate point is to obtain this with constants that do not degrade with ddd or with the step. The complexity bound then requires balancing RεR_\varepsilonRε​, the horizons and the warm start so that the long-time bias, the discretization bias and the variances all sit at level ε\varepsilonε, with a universal constant.

Formalization scope

Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) (published EthierKurtz.SDEState); Brownian motions are published EthierKurtz.IsStandardBrownian, one per level, mutually independent as path-valued variables. The diffusion is a pathwise solution of the integral equation with continuous paths; no Itô integral is needed because the noise is additive. Invariance of π\piπ and πγ\pi^\gammaπγ is stated through transition probabilities. L2L^2L2 norms are eLpNorm … 2 in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so an infinite moment is never read as zero. W1\mathcal W_1W1​ is used in its Kantorovich–Rubinstein form, W2(δx,⋅)\mathcal W_2(\delta_x,\cdot)W2​(δx​,⋅) as an explicit integral, and the clause W2(L(Xˉt‾),πγ)≤W2(δx,πγ)e−αt‾\mathcal W_2(\mathcal L(\bar X_{\underline t}),\pi^\gamma)\le\mathcal W_2(\delta_x,\pi^\gamma)e^{-\alpha\underline t}W2​(L(Xˉt​​),πγ)≤W2​(δx​,πγ)e−αt​ as the existence of a coupling with that quadratic cost (Mathlib has no Wasserstein distance; optimal couplings exist, so the forms agree). (H₁)–(H₃) are stated at grid times, (H₄) over all t≥0t\ge0t≥0. "≲uc\lesssim_{uc}≲uc​" is an existential constant quantified before every datum.

Standing assumptions carried as hypotheses: bbb LLL-Lipschitz, (Cα)(\mathbf C_\alpha)(Cα​), 0<α≤L0<\alpha\le L0<α≤L (and α≤1\alpha\le1α≤1 where the paper requires it), σ>0\sigma>0σ>0. Added and disclosed: the §5.1 hypotheses in Lemma 5.2, γ<1\gamma<1γ<1 in Proposition 5.2 (needed by Proposition 5.1), integrability of fff under π\piπ, existence of πγ\pi^\gammaπγ and c~4>0\tilde c_4>0c~4​>0 in Remark 4.1. The goal's ε0\varepsilon_0ε0​ (a maximum of a set that need not be an interval) is replaced by the inequality defining it.

The goal assumes only the contractive setting, the diffusion's invariance of π\piπ and the parameter choices; it does not assume (H₁)–(H₄), a bias or a variance bound, which appear only as milestones, so it cannot be discharged by restating its hypotheses.

A complete development needs: second-moment and Grönwall estimates for the Euler scheme and the diffusion, existence and uniqueness of invariant laws of Feller chains under a Lyapunov condition, independence and variance decompositions for the multilevel estimator, and the abstract Theorem 2.1. The Gaussian-increment and Wasserstein tools are reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and a Mathlib-style W2\mathcal W_2W2​ for general laws, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Egéa, F. Panloup, Multilevel-Langevin pathwise average for Gibbs approximation, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2025; preprint arXiv:2109.07753v2, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/2109.07753
  • M. B. Giles, Multilevel Monte Carlo path simulation, Operations Research 56(3), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0496
  • A. S. Dalalyan, Theoretical guarantees for approximate sampling from smooth and log-concave densities, J. R. Stat. Soc. B 79(3), 2017. https://doi.org/10.1111/rssb.12183
  • A. Durmus, É. Moulines, Nonasymptotic convergence analysis for the unadjusted Langevin algorithm, Ann. Appl. Probab. 27(3), 2017. https://doi.org/10.1214/16-AAP1238
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Multilevel Langevin Pathwise Average for Gibbs Approximation I: Under (H₁)–(H₄) the Multilevel Occupation Measure Has L²-Error ≲ [f]₁ε at Cost 𝔠_𝔞γ₀⁻¹𝔱ε⁻², or ε⁻²R_ε³ When 𝔞 = 1Research Paper

Motivation

Sampling from a Gibbs distribution π(dx)∝e−U(x)dx\pi(dx)\propto e^{-U(x)}dxπ(dx)∝e−U(x)dx on Rd\mathbb R^dRd, or computing integrals π(f)\pi(f)π(f) against it, is a basic task in Bayesian statistics and machine learning. A standard approach simulates an ergodic diffusion whose invariant distribution is π\piπ, such as the overdamped Langevin diffusion dXt=−∇U(Xt)dt+2 dBtdX_t=-\nabla U(X_t)dt+\sqrt2\,dB_tdXt​=−∇U(Xt​)dt+2​dBt​, discretizes it with an Euler scheme of step γ\gammaγ, and averages fff along one long trajectory. Two errors compete: a bias of order γδ\gamma^\deltaγδ, because the scheme's invariant distribution πγ\pi^\gammaπγ differs from π\piπ, and a variance of order 1/T1/T1/T for a time horizon TTT. With a single step, balancing them requires of the order of ε−3\varepsilon^{-3}ε−3 Euler iterations for an ε\varepsilonε-approximation when the bias is of order γ\gammaγ (Egéa–Panloup, p. 3).

Multilevel Monte Carlo (Giles 2008, doi:10.1287/opre.1070.0496) removes this extra factor in finite-horizon problems by combining coarse and fine discretizations whose differences have small variance. Pagès and Panloup (arXiv:1609.00412) and Giles, Majka, Szpruch, Vollmer and Zygalakis (arXiv:1805.10974) adapted the idea to invariant distributions. Egéa and Panloup (arXiv:2109.07753, Math. Oper. Res. 2025) build a multilevel pathwise average, a combination of occupation measures of Euler schemes, and prove an L2L^2L2-error of order ε\varepsilonε at cost ε−2\varepsilon^{-2}ε−2, or ε−2∣log⁡ε∣3\varepsilon^{-2}|\log\varepsilon|^3ε−2∣logε∣3 in a borderline case, under four abstract assumptions. This mission formalizes that general result (their Theorem 2.1 (ii)) and the bias and variance estimates behind it.

Setting

Let b:Rd→Rdb:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^db:Rd→Rd and σ:Rd→Md,d\sigma:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb M_{d,d}σ:Rd→Md,d​ be Lipschitz. For a step γ>0\gamma>0γ>0, a starting point xxx and a ddd-dimensional standard Brownian motion WWW, the Euler scheme is Xˉ0γ,x=x\bar X^{\gamma,x}_0=xXˉ0γ,x​=x and

Xˉ(n+1)γγ,x=Xˉnγγ,x+γb(Xˉnγγ,x)+σ(Xˉnγγ,x)(W(n+1)γ−Wnγ).\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{(n+1)\gamma}=\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{n\gamma}+\gamma b(\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{n\gamma})+\sigma(\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{n\gamma})(W_{(n+1)\gamma}-W_{n\gamma}).Xˉ(n+1)γγ,x​=Xˉnγγ,x​+γb(Xˉnγγ,x​)+σ(Xˉnγγ,x​)(W(n+1)γ​−Wnγ​).

Write s‾η=η⌊s/η⌋\underline{s}_\eta=\eta\lfloor s/\eta\rfloors​η​=η⌊s/η⌋ and [f]1[f]_1[f]1​ for the Lipschitz constant of f:Rd→Rf:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rf:Rd→R.

Fix x0x_0x0​, a number of levels R≥1R\ge1R≥1, steps γr=γ02−r\gamma_r=\gamma_02^{-r}γr​=γ0​2−r, horizons T0,…,TRT_0,\dots,T_RT0​,…,TR​, a warm start τ\tauτ, and independent Brownian motions B(0),…,B(R)B^{(0)},\dots,B^{(R)}B(0),…,B(R). The multilevel occupation measure is

Y(f)=1T0−τ∫τT0f(Xˉs‾γ0γ0,x0,B(0))ds+∑r=1R1Tr−τ∫τTr(f(Xˉs‾γr−1γr,x0,B(r))−f(Xˉs‾γr−1γr−1,x0,B(r)))ds.\mathcal Y(f)=\frac1{T_0-\tau}\int_\tau^{T_0}f(\bar X^{\gamma_0,x_0,B^{(0)}}_{\underline{s}_{\gamma_0}})ds+\sum_{r=1}^R\frac1{T_r-\tau}\int_\tau^{T_r}\Big(f(\bar X^{\gamma_r,x_0,B^{(r)}}_{\underline{s}_{\gamma_{r-1}}})-f(\bar X^{\gamma_{r-1},x_0,B^{(r)}}_{\underline{s}_{\gamma_{r-1}}})\Big)ds .Y(f)=T0​−τ1​∫τT0​​f(Xˉs​γ0​​γ0​,x0​,B(0)​)ds+r=1∑R​Tr​−τ1​∫τTr​​(f(Xˉs​γr−1​​γr​,x0​,B(r)​)−f(Xˉs​γr−1​​γr−1​,x0​,B(r)​))ds.

Inside level r≥1r\ge1r≥1 both schemes use the same Brownian motion and are read at the coarse times. The cost is C(Y)=T0/γ0+∑r=1R(Tr/γr+Tr/γr−1)\mathcal C(\mathcal Y)=T_0/\gamma_0+\sum_{r=1}^R(T_r/\gamma_r+T_r/\gamma_{r-1})C(Y)=T0​/γ0​+∑r=1R​(Tr​/γr​+Tr​/γr−1​), the number of Euler iterations.

The assumptions involve α>0\alpha>0α>0, a∈[1,2]\mathfrak a\in[1,2]a∈[1,2], η0>0\eta_0>0η0​>0, the invariant distributions π\piπ of the diffusion and πγ\pi^\gammaπγ of the scheme, and ∥Z∥2=E[∣Z∣2]1/2\|Z\|_2=\mathbb E[|Z|^2]^{1/2}∥Z∥2​=E[∣Z∣2]1/2. For every γ∈(0,η0]\gamma\in(0,\eta_0]γ∈(0,η0​]:

  • (H1)(\mathbf H_1)(H1​) ∣Ef(Xˉnγγ,x)−πγ(f)∣≤c1(x)[f]1e−αnγ|\mathbb E f(\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{n\gamma})-\pi^\gamma(f)|\le c_1(x)[f]_1e^{-\alpha n\gamma}∣Ef(Xˉnγγ,x​)−πγ(f)∣≤c1​(x)[f]1​e−αnγ (exponential convergence to equilibrium);
  • (H2)(\mathbf H_2)(H2​) ∥Xˉnγγ,x0−Xˉnγγ/2,x0∥2≤c2γa/2\|\bar X^{\gamma,x_0}_{n\gamma}-\bar X^{\gamma/2,x_0}_{n\gamma}\|_2\le c_2\gamma^{\mathfrak a/2}∥Xˉnγγ,x0​​−Xˉnγγ/2,x0​​∥2​≤c2​γa/2 (L2L^2L2-confluence);
  • (H3)(\mathbf H_3)(H3​) ∣π(f)−πγ(f)∣≤c3[f]1γδ|\pi(f)-\pi^\gamma(f)|\le c_3[f]_1\gamma^\delta∣π(f)−πγ(f)∣≤c3​[f]1​γδ, with δ∈[1/2,1]\delta\in[1/2,1]δ∈[1/2,1] if a=1\mathfrak a=1a=1 and δ∈((1+a)/4,1]\delta\in((1+\mathfrak a)/4,1]δ∈((1+a)/4,1] if a>1\mathfrak a>1a>1;
  • (H4)(\mathbf H_4)(H4​) ∥Xˉtγ,x0−x0∥2+∥c1(Xˉtγ,x0)∥2≤c4\|\bar X^{\gamma,x_0}_{t}-x_0\|_2+\|c_1(\bar X^{\gamma,x_0}_{t})\|_2\le c_4∥Xˉtγ,x0​​−x0​∥2​+∥c1​(Xˉtγ,x0​​)∥2​≤c4​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1 (ii)

With α≤1\alpha\le1α≤1, η0≤12\eta_0\le\frac12η0​≤21​, γ0≤η0\gamma_0\le\eta_0γ0​≤η0​, r0≥1∨c3γ0δr_0\ge1\vee c_3\gamma_0^\deltar0​≥1∨c3​γ0δ​, t≥t0=daαmax⁡(c22γ0alog⁡γ0−1,c42)\mathfrak t\ge\mathfrak t_0=\frac{\mathfrak d_{\mathfrak a}}\alpha\max(c_2^2\gamma_0^{\mathfrak a}\log\gamma_0^{-1},c_4^2)t≥t0​=αda​​max(c22​γ0a​logγ0−1​,c42​), ε∈(0,1)\varepsilon\in(0,1)ε∈(0,1), Rε=⌈δ−1log⁡2(r0/ε)⌉R_\varepsilon=\lceil\delta^{-1}\log_2(r_0/\varepsilon)\rceilRε​=⌈δ−1log2​(r0​/ε)⌉, Tr=tε−22−1+a2rT_r=\mathfrak t\varepsilon^{-2}2^{-\frac{1+\mathfrak a}2r}Tr​=tε−22−21+a​r (a>1\mathfrak a>1a>1) or tε−2Rε22−r\mathfrak t\varepsilon^{-2}R_\varepsilon^22^{-r}tε−2Rε2​2−r (a=1\mathfrak a=1a=1), and τ∈[τ1∣log⁡ε∣+τ2,12TRε]\tau\in[\tau_1|\log\varepsilon|+\tau_2,\frac12T_{R_\varepsilon}]τ∈[τ1​∣logε∣+τ2​,21​TRε​​]:

∥Y(f)−π(f)∥2≤C1[f]1ε,C(Y)≤caγ0−1t ε−2 (a>1),≤caγ0−1t ε−2Rε3 (a=1),\|\mathcal Y(f)-\pi(f)\|_2\le\mathfrak C_1[f]_1\varepsilon,\qquad \mathcal C(\mathcal Y)\le\mathfrak c_{\mathfrak a}\gamma_0^{-1}\mathfrak t\,\varepsilon^{-2}\ (\mathfrak a>1),\quad\le\mathfrak c_{\mathfrak a}\gamma_0^{-1}\mathfrak t\,\varepsilon^{-2}R_\varepsilon^3\ (\mathfrak a=1),∥Y(f)−π(f)∥2​≤C1​[f]1​ε,C(Y)≤ca​γ0−1​tε−2 (a>1),≤ca​γ0−1​tε−2Rε3​ (a=1),

with C1\mathfrak C_1C1​ a universal constant. The cost constant ca\mathfrak c_{\mathfrak a}ca​ is explicit; the error constant is left existential, which is how the paper states it.

Companion: Theorem 2.1 (i)

With the same steps and horizons but r0≥1r_0\ge1r0​≥1, t>0\mathfrak t>0t>0 arbitrary and τ∈[τ1log⁡(ε−1)∧12TRε,12TRε]\tau\in[\tau_1\log(\varepsilon^{-1})\wedge\frac12T_{R_\varepsilon},\frac12T_{R_\varepsilon}]τ∈[τ1​log(ε−1)∧21​TRε​​,21​TRε​​] for a fixed τ1>1+a−2δ2αδ\tau_1>\frac{1+\mathfrak a-2\delta}{2\alpha\delta}τ1​>2αδ1+a−2δ​, the same two bounds hold with an error constant C1\mathfrak C_1C1​ that depends on the parameters but not on fff, ε\varepsilonε or τ\tauτ. It is a separate theorem item, not a milestone.

Milestones

Lemma 3.1 (long-time bias of one average), Proposition 3.2 (bias of Y\mathcal YY), the variance decomposition (32), Lemma 3.2 (variance of one correcting level), Proposition 3.3 (variance of Y\mathcal YY), the cost bound (28), and Proposition 3.1, the non-asymptotic squared-error bound for given steps and horizons.

Significance

Theorem 2.1 separates the analysis of the multilevel estimator from the analysis of any particular diffusion. Once a diffusion satisfies (H1)(\mathbf H_1)(H1​)–(H4)(\mathbf H_4)(H4​), the complexity follows with explicit parameters. The paper then checks the assumptions for Langevin diffusions with strongly convex potentials and obtains dimension-explicit costs O(dε−2log⁡3(dε−2))\mathcal O(d\varepsilon^{-2}\log^3(d\varepsilon^{-2}))O(dε−2log3(dε−2)) and O(dε−2)\mathcal O(d\varepsilon^{-2})O(dε−2). Those are the companion missions II and III of this series; they rest on the same estimator and cost.

The paper's proofs are on paper only. No machine-checked proof of a multilevel ergodic estimator is known to us. This mission produces a statement-level formalization of the estimator, its cost, the four assumptions and the bias–variance bounds. A complete development would add discrete-time Markov-property arguments for Euler schemes driven by a Brownian motion, covariance bounds for ergodic averages, and the elementary but delicate parameter calculus of §4.

Difficulty

The bias step is close to routine once (H1)(\mathbf H_1)(H1​) and (H3)(\mathbf H_3)(H3​) are given. The variance of a correcting level is not. Bounding it by the second moment alone gives (T−τ)−1⋅Tγa(T-\tau)^{-1}\cdot T\gamma^{\mathfrak a}(T−τ)−1⋅Tγa, which does not decay with TTT. The proof must also use mixing: covariances between times sss and uuu far apart are controlled by (H1)(\mathbf H_1)(H1​) through the Markov property, which needs the conditional law of each scheme given its past and a moment bound on c1c_1c1​ along the path (H4)(\mathbf H_4)(H4​). The two regimes are matched at a separation of order ∣log⁡γ∣/α|\log\gamma|/\alpha∣logγ∣/α, and this is where the factor log⁡(1/γ)\log(1/\gamma)log(1/γ) comes from. At the level of the theorem, the parameters (8) and the warm start τ\tauτ must make three error terms simultaneously ≲ε\lesssim\varepsilon≲ε with a constant independent of ddd, fff, the diffusion and every assumption constant. Getting the uniformity right is what the explicit thresholds t0\mathfrak t_0t0​, τ1\tau_1τ1​, τ2\tau_2τ2​ are for.

Formalization scope

  • Rd\mathbb R^dRd is the published EthierKurtz.SDEState d, and a Brownian motion is the published EthierKurtz.IsStandardBrownian. The levels' Brownian motions form one family B : ℕ → ℝ≥0 → Ω → ℝ^d, mutually independent as path-valued variables. σ(x)\sigma(x)σ(x) is a continuous linear map Rd→Rd\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^dRd→Rd.
  • The Euler scheme is evaluated at grid times. (H1)(\mathbf H_1)(H1​)–(H4)(\mathbf H_4)(H4​) are stated at grid times nγn\gammanγ, for every level's Brownian motion. For (H4)(\mathbf H_4)(H4​), whose supremum the paper takes over all real ttt, this is a weaker assumption, so the theorems are stronger.
  • ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​ is eLpNorm · 2 P and variances are evariance, both valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so an infinite moment is never read as 000. Expectations that are concluded come with an integrability conjunct.
  • π\piπ and πγ\pi^\gammaπγ are arbitrary probability measures satisfying (H1)(\mathbf H_1)(H1​) and (H3)(\mathbf H_3)(H3​), with fff integrable. The SDE and the invariance of π\piπ, πγ\pi^\gammaπγ are not formalized: the results never use invariance, so the statements generalize the paper's.
  • [f]1[f]_1[f]1​ is the least Lipschitz constant. The cost is the formula of p. 6 for all horizons. (a−1)−2∧R2(\mathfrak a-1)^{-2}\wedge R^2(a−1)−2∧R2, da\mathfrak d_{\mathfrak a}da​ and ca\mathfrak c_{\mathfrak a}ca​ are defined case by case, so a=1\mathfrak a=1a=1 never divides by zero.
  • Universal constants (C1\mathfrak C_1C1​, cu\mathfrak c_ucu​) are quantified before the dimension, the probability space and every datum.
  • Added hypotheses: γ≤1/2\gamma\le1/2γ≤1/2 and α≤1\alpha\le1α≤1 in Lemma 3.2, and η0≤1/2\eta_0\le1/2η0​≤1/2 in Proposition 3.3. These are the standing ranges of Theorem 2.1; without them the printed bounds fail for steps ≥1\ge1≥1. The restriction ε<ε0\varepsilon<\varepsilon_0ε<ε0​ of the goal is replaced by quantifying over every τ\tauτ in the admissible interval, which is the same claim.
  • A formalization in which the bias or variance bounds, Proposition 3.1 or any covariance estimate appear as hypotheses of the goal is excluded. The goal assumes only (H1)(\mathbf H_1)(H1​)–(H4)(\mathbf H_4)(H4​) and the parameter choices (8), (39)–(40).

Contributions are welcome on any milestone, on Markov-property and moment lemmas for Euler schemes driven by IsStandardBrownian, and on the Theorem 2.1 (i) companion with non-explicit constants.

Selected references

  • M. Egéa, F. Panloup, Multilevel-Langevin pathwise average for Gibbs approximation, arXiv:2109.07753v2, 2024; Math. Oper. Res., 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2109.07753
  • G. Pagès, F. Panloup, Weighted multilevel Langevin simulation of invariant measures, Ann. Appl. Probab. 28(6), 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1609.00412
  • M. B. Giles, M. B. Majka, L. Szpruch, S. Vollmer, K. Zygalakis, Multi-level Monte Carlo methods for the approximation of invariant measures of stochastic differential equations, Stat. Comput. 30, 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1805.10974
  • M. B. Giles, Multilevel Monte Carlo path simulation, Oper. Res. 56(3), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0496
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

An Approximation to the Invariant Measure of the Limiting Diffusion of G/Ph/n + GI Queues in the Halfin–Whitt Regime and Related Asymptotics 2: CLT for Occupation Measures With Variance µ(|σ′∇f|²)Research Paper

Motivation

In a many-server queue with nnn servers, the Halfin–Whitt (quality-and-efficiency-driven) regime lets n→∞n\to\inftyn→∞ while the arrival rate approaches capacity at rate n\sqrt nn​. In this regime the centred and scaled number of customers in each service phase of a G/Ph/n+GIG/Ph/n+GIG/Ph/n+GI queue (general arrivals, phase-type service, general patience) converges to a ddd-dimensional diffusion with a piecewise-linear drift (Dai, He and Tezcan, Ann. Appl. Probab. 2010). This diffusion is exponentially ergodic with a unique invariant measure μ\muμ (Dieker and Gao, Ann. Appl. Probab. 2013), but for d≥2d\ge2d≥2 no explicit formula for μ\muμ is known.

Since μ\muμ is not explicit, its averages μ(h)\mu(h)μ(h) are estimated by simulation, for example by the time average of hhh along one long trajectory. The second main result of Jin, Pang, Xu and Xu (arXiv:2209.07361) is a central limit theorem for these time averages. It gives the t\sqrt tt​ rate of convergence, for every starting point, and identifies the limiting variance through the solution of a Stein (Poisson) equation.

Setting

A model consists of d≥1d\ge1d≥1, a patience rate α>0\alpha>0α>0, β∈R\beta\in\mathbb Rβ∈R, a probability vector p∈Rdp\in\mathbb R^dp∈Rd, service rates vk>0v_k>0vk​>0, a sub-stochastic matrix PPP with Pii=0P_{ii}=0Pii​=0 and I−PI-PI−P invertible, and a d×dd\times dd×d matrix σ\sigmaσ. Put R=(I−P′)diag(v)R=(I-P')\mathrm{diag}(v)R=(I−P′)diag(v) and e=(1,…,1)′e=(1,\dots,1)'e=(1,…,1)′. The phase distribution has mean one, e′R−1p=1e'R^{-1}p=1e′R−1p=1, and σσ′\sigma\sigma'σσ′ is uniformly elliptic: ξ′σσ′ξ≥c∣ξ∣2\xi'\sigma\sigma'\xi\ge c|\xi|^2ξ′σσ′ξ≥c∣ξ∣2 for some c>0c>0c>0. The drift is

g(x)=−βp−Rx+(R−αI)p (e′x)+,g(x)=-\beta p-Rx+(R-\alpha I)p\,(e'x)^+ ,g(x)=−βp−Rx+(R−αI)p(e′x)+,

and the limiting diffusion solves, for a standard Brownian motion BBB,

Xtx=x+∫0tg(Xsx) ds+σBt.X^x_t=x+\int_0^tg(X^x_s)\,ds+\sigma B_t .Xtx​=x+∫0t​g(Xsx​)ds+σBt​.

Its semigroup is Pth(x)=Eh(Xtx)P_th(x)=\mathbb Eh(X^x_t)Pt​h(x)=Eh(Xtx​) and μ\muμ is its invariant probability measure. For bounded measurable hhh, the empirical average is Etx(h)=1t∫0th(Xsx) ds\mathcal E^x_t(h)=\frac1t\int_0^th(X^x_s)\,dsEtx​(h)=t1​∫0t​h(Xsx​)ds. The Stein solution is

f(x)=−∫0∞(Pth(x)−μ(h)) dt,f(x)=-\int_0^\infty\big(P_th(x)-\mu(h)\big)\,dt ,f(x)=−∫0∞​(Pt​h(x)−μ(h))dt,

which solves Af=h−μ(h)\mathcal Af=h-\mu(h)Af=h−μ(h) for the generator Af=⟨∇f,g⟩+12⟨σσ′,∇2f⟩HS\mathcal Af=\langle\nabla f,g\rangle+\frac12\langle\sigma\sigma',\nabla^2f\rangle_{HS}Af=⟨∇f,g⟩+21​⟨σσ′,∇2f⟩HS​. Here ∥h∥∞\|h\|_\infty∥h∥∞​ is the essential supremum of ∣h∣|h|∣h∣.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.3

There is C>0C>0C>0 such that for every bounded measurable hhh, fff is differentiable, μ(∣σ′∇f∣2)≤C∥h∥∞2\mu(|\sigma'\nabla f|^2)\le C\|h\|_\infty^2μ(∣σ′∇f∣2)≤C∥h∥∞2​, and for every xxx

t [Etx(h)−μ(h)]⇒N(0,μ(∣σ′∇f∣2))(t→∞).\sqrt t\,\big[\mathcal E^x_t(h)-\mu(h)\big]\Rightarrow\mathcal N\big(0,\mu(|\sigma'\nabla f|^2)\big)\qquad(t\to\infty).t​[Etx​(h)−μ(h)]⇒N(0,μ(∣σ′∇f∣2))(t→∞).

Milestones (§3 of the paper)

  • Lemma 3.2: the integral defining fff converges, fff solves (3.1) in integrated form, and f(x)=∫0∞e−λtPt[λf−h+μ(h)](x) dtf(x)=\int_0^\infty e^{-\lambda t}P_t[\lambda f-h+\mu(h)](x)\,dtf(x)=∫0∞​e−λtPt​[λf−h+μ(h)](x)dt for every λ>0\lambda>0λ>0.
  • Lemma 3.4: moment bounds E∣Xtx∣m≤eCt(∣x∣m+1)\mathbb E|X^x_t|^m\le e^{Ct}(|x|^m+1)E∣Xtx​∣m≤eCt(∣x∣m+1), uniform over a family of mollified diffusions XεX^{\varepsilon}Xε, and E∣Xtε,x−Xtx∣m→0\mathbb E|X^{\varepsilon,x}_t-X^x_t|^m\to0E∣Xtε,x​−Xtx​∣m→0.
  • Proposition 3.7: the weighted occupation time of e′Xxe'X^xe′Xx in [−ϵ,ϵ][-\epsilon,\epsilon][−ϵ,ϵ] has mean at most Cϵect(1+∣x∣)(1+t)C\epsilon e^{ct}(1+|x|)(1+t)Cϵect(1+∣x∣)(1+t).
  • Lemma 3.5: the Jacobians of the mollified diffusions converge almost surely, simultaneously for all 0≤s≤t0\le s\le t0≤s≤t, to the Jacobian JxJ^xJx of XxX^xXx.
  • Lemma 3.6: LmL^mLm bounds C∣u∣mt−m/2emCoptC|u|^mt^{-m/2}e^{mC_{op}t}C∣u∣mt−m/2emCop​t on the weights Iux(t)=1t∫0t⟨σ−1Jrxu,dBr⟩\mathcal I^x_u(t)=\frac1t\int_0^t\langle\sigma^{-1}J^x_ru,dB_r\rangleIux​(t)=t1​∫0t​⟨σ−1Jrx​u,dBr​⟩, and their convergence as ε→0\varepsilon\to0ε→0.
  • Lemma 3.3: ∇uEψ(Xtx)=E[ψ(Xtx)Iux(t)]\nabla_u\mathbb E\psi(X^x_t)=\mathbb E[\psi(X^x_t)\mathcal I^x_u(t)]∇u​Eψ(Xtx​)=E[ψ(Xtx​)Iux​(t)] for C1C^1C1 functions ψ\psiψ with bounded gradient.
  • Proposition 3.1: ∣f(x)∣,∣∇f(x)∣≤C∥h∥∞(1+∣x∣2)|f(x)|,|\nabla f(x)|\le C\|h\|_\infty(1+|x|^2)∣f(x)∣,∣∇f(x)∣≤C∥h∥∞​(1+∣x∣2).

Significance

The theorem gives the rate t\sqrt tt​ and the asymptotic variance of the standard ergodic-average estimator of μ(h)\mu(h)μ(h), which yields asymptotic confidence intervals for steady-state performance measures of the queue approximated by the diffusion. The function hhh need only be bounded and measurable, so indicator functions are included, for example the probability that the total queue e′Xe'Xe′X exceeds a level. The same variance governs the moderate deviation principle (Theorem 1.4 of the paper), which is a planned follow-up.

The result is proved in the source paper. None of it is formalized. Formalizing it requires Lean infrastructure that does not exist yet and is reusable beyond queueing: Stein/Poisson equations for non-smooth drifts, a Bismut–Elworthy–Li formula, derivative flows of diffusions, and a continuous-time martingale CLT.

Difficulty

The obvious argument applies Itô's formula to the Stein solution f(Xt)f(X_t)f(Xt​): the time average becomes a martingale plus a boundary term, and a martingale CLT finishes the proof. That argument needs f∈C1f\in C^1f∈C1 with polynomial growth of ∇f\nabla f∇f. For bounded measurable hhh, classical regularity results for Stein equations do not apply, and the drift ggg is not differentiable on the hyperplane e′x=0e'x=0e′x=0, so the diffusion cannot be differentiated in its starting point directly. The central difficulty is Proposition 3.1, a gradient bound for fff when neither hhh nor ggg is differentiable.

Formalization scope

  • The state space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) with the Euclidean norm. Matrices act through Matrix.toEuclideanCLM, whose norm is the operator norm.
  • Time is ℝ≥0. Brownian motion is the published predicate EthierKurtz.IsStandardBrownian. The diffusion is the pathwise solution of the integral equation above, for every ω\omegaω.
  • Statements take (Ω,P,B,X)(\Omega,\mathbb P,B,X)(Ω,P,B,X) and an invariant probability measure μ\muμ as hypotheses. Both exist, and the conclusions depend only on the law.
  • σ\sigmaσ is a general uniformly elliptic matrix. The paper's explicit formula for σσ′\sigma\sigma'σσ′ (p. 3) is one instance, and Remark 1.1 says the results use only ellipticity.
  • "fff is the solution to (3.1)" means the function (3.2). Its differentiability is part of the conclusions, because in Lean the gradient of a non-differentiable function is 000 and the variance could otherwise vanish silently.
  • Weak convergence is convergence of Eφ(Yt)\mathbb E\varphi(Y_t)Eφ(Yt​) for every bounded continuous φ\varphiφ (§1.4), along real t→∞t\to\inftyt→∞. Expectations of powers are lower Lebesgue integrals.
  • The constant CCC in the goal and in Proposition 3.1 is uniform in hhh.
  • The Jacobians Js,tJ_{s,t}Js,t​ are propagators of the linearized equation, not the paper's exp⁡∫st∇g dr\exp\int_s^t\nabla g\,drexp∫st​∇gdr, which fails to solve the equation when the matrices do not commute (d≥2d\ge2d≥2).
  • Itô integrals are characterized as L2L^2L2 limits of dyadic left-point Riemann sums.
  • Lemma 3.4 states a model-dependent rate CCC in place of Cm=2m2C~opC_m=2m^2\tilde C_{op}Cm​=2m2C~op​, because the explicit rate fails in large dimension.

Restricting hhh to smooth or Lipschitz functions, starting XXX in μ\muμ, taking d=1d=1d=1 or a diagonal σ\sigmaσ, or dropping the differentiability of fff each makes the statement weaker or trivial, and none of them is the theorem.

Welcome contributions include a general Itô integral and Itô formula for additive-noise diffusions, a martingale CLT in continuous time, exponential ergodicity of this diffusion (Lemma A.1 of the paper, posed in the companion mission on the Euler–Maruyama scheme), and any of the milestones.

Selected references

  • X. Jin, G. Pang, L. Xu, X. Xu, An Approximation to the Invariant Measure of the Limiting Diffusion of G/Ph/n+GI Queues in the Halfin–Whitt Regime and Related Asymptotics, arXiv:2209.07361v1, 2022. https://arxiv.org/abs/2209.07361
  • J. G. Dai, S. He, T. Tezcan, Many-server diffusion limits for G/Ph/n+GI queues, Ann. Appl. Probab. 20(5), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1214/09-AAP674
  • A. B. Dieker, X. Gao, Positive recurrence of piecewise Ornstein–Uhlenbeck processes and common quadratic Lyapunov functions, Ann. Appl. Probab. 23(4), 2013. https://doi.org/10.1214/12-AAP870
  • X. Fang, Q.-M. Shao, L. Xu, Multivariate approximations in Wasserstein distance by Stein's method and Bismut's formula, Probab. Theory Relat. Fields 174, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00440-018-0874-5
16 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Markov Decision Processes: Beyond Rectangularity 2: With Polyhedral r-Rectangular Factor Sets, One Deterministic Policy and Factor Matrix Stay Robust-Optimal for All Discount Factors Near 1Research Paper

Motivation

A Markov decision process (MDP) models sequential decisions under uncertainty: in each state a decision maker picks an action, collects a reward, and the system moves to a random next state according to a transition kernel. In applications the kernel is estimated from data, and an optimal policy for the estimated kernel can perform poorly under a slightly different one. Robust MDPs replace the single kernel by an uncertainty set and maximize the worst-case discounted reward over that set (Iyengar 2005; Nilim and El Ghaoui 2005; Wiesemann, Kuhn and Rustem 2013).

Goyal and Grand-Clément (arXiv:1811.00215v8) introduce r-rectangular uncertainty sets, in which transitions are mixtures of a small number of uncertain factors chosen independently by an adversary. Beyond the algorithmic results (the subject of the first mission of this series), they prove two structural properties of optimal robust policies in this model: a robust maximum principle and robust Blackwell optimality.

In a classical MDP, a policy is Blackwell optimal if it is optimal for every discount factor close enough to 111 (Blackwell 1962; Puterman 1994, §10.1.2). Blackwell optimal policies are optimal for the long-run average reward and for every finer nnn-discount criterion, so they connect discounted and average-reward control. For two-player perfect-information zero-sum stochastic games the existence of Blackwell optimal strategies is due to Gaubert and Gunawardena (1998). Goyal and Grand-Clément establish the analogous statement for robust MDPs with r-rectangular uncertainty, under the assumption that the factor sets have finitely many extreme points, as polyhedral factor sets do.

Setting

Let S\mathbb SS and A\mathbb AA be finite sets of states and actions, with rewards rsa≥0r_{sa}\ge0rsa​≥0, an initial distribution p0∈Δ(S)p_0\in\Delta(\mathbb S)p0​∈Δ(S), and a discount factor λ∈(0,1)\lambda\in(0,1)λ∈(0,1). Fix coefficients usai≥0u^i_{sa}\ge0usai​≥0, i∈[r]i\in[r]i∈[r], with ∑iusai=1\sum_i u^i_{sa}=1∑i​usai​=1. A factor matrix W=(w1,…,wr)W=(w_1,\dots,w_r)W=(w1​,…,wr​) has probability vectors wi∈Δ(S)w_i\in\Delta(\mathbb S)wi​∈Δ(S) as columns and induces the kernel

Psas′=∑i=1rusai wi,s′.P_{sas'}=\sum_{i=1}^r u^i_{sa}\,w_{i,s'} .Psas′​=i=1∑r​usai​wi,s′​.

The adversary chooses WWW from a nonempty convex compact set W\mathcal WW. Its projections are the factor sets W1,…,Wr\mathcal W^1,\dots,\mathcal W^rW1,…,Wr, and W\mathcal WW is r-rectangular when W=W1×⋯×Wr\mathcal W=\mathcal W^1\times\dots\times\mathcal W^rW=W1×⋯×Wr.

A stationary policy π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π picks πs∈Δ(A)\pi_s\in\Delta(\mathbb A)πs​∈Δ(A) in each state; it is deterministic when each πs\pi_sπs​ is a point mass. With rπ=(∑aπsarsa)sr_\pi=(\sum_a\pi_{sa}r_{sa})_srπ​=(∑a​πsa​rsa​)s​ and L(π,W)ss′=∑aπsaPsas′L(\pi,W)_{ss'}=\sum_a\pi_{sa}P_{sas'}L(π,W)ss′​=∑a​πsa​Psas′​, the value function and the expected reward are

vλπ,W=∑t≥0λtL(π,W)trπ,R(π,W,λ)=p0⊤vλπ,W.v^{\pi,W}_\lambda=\sum_{t\ge0}\lambda^tL(\pi,W)^tr_\pi,\qquad R(\pi,W,\lambda)=p_0^\top v^{\pi,W}_\lambda .vλπ,W​=t≥0∑​λtL(π,W)trπ​,R(π,W,λ)=p0⊤​vλπ,W​.

The worst-case value of π\piπ is zλ(π)=min⁡W∈WR(π,W,λ)z_\lambda(\pi)=\min_{W\in\mathcal W}R(\pi,W,\lambda)zλ​(π)=minW∈W​R(π,W,λ). A pair (π∗,W∗)(\pi^*,W^*)(π∗,W∗) is an optimal solution of the robust MDP problem (1.2) at discount λ\lambdaλ when π∗\pi^*π∗ maximizes zλz_\lambdazλ​ over Π\PiΠ and W∗W^*W∗ attains min⁡W∈WR(π∗,W,λ)\min_{W\in\mathcal W}R(\pi^*,W,\lambda)minW∈W​R(π∗,W,λ). The Lean development uses this notation: value, R, z, IsRobustSolution, IsRRect, factorSet, IsDeterministic.

Formalization targets

Goal: robust Blackwell optimality (Proposition 6.2)

If W\mathcal WW is r-rectangular and every factor set Wi\mathcal W^iWi has finitely many extreme points, there exist a deterministic policy π∗\pi^*π∗, a factor matrix W∗∈WW^*\in\mathcal WW∗∈W and λ0∈(0,1)\lambda_0\in(0,1)λ0​∈(0,1) with

∀λ∈(λ0,1):(π∗,W∗) is an optimal solution of (1.2) at discount λ.\forall\lambda\in(\lambda_0,1):\quad(\pi^*,W^*)\ \text{is an optimal solution of (1.2) at discount }\lambda .∀λ∈(λ0​,1):(π∗,W∗) is an optimal solution of (1.2) at discount λ.

The pair is fixed before λ0\lambda_0λ0​ and does not depend on λ\lambdaλ. The statement fixes no constant and no rate.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 6.1.1: a minimizer W1W^1W1 of R(π,⋅,λ)R(\pi,\cdot,\lambda)R(π,⋅,λ) is a worst case from every initial state, vλ,sπ,W1≤vλ,sπ,W0v^{\pi,W^1}_{\lambda,s}\le v^{\pi,W^0}_{\lambda,s}vλ,sπ,W1​≤vλ,sπ,W0​ for all W0∈WW^0\in\mathcal WW0∈W.
  2. Proposition 6.1.2 (robust maximum principle): if (π∗,W∗)(\pi^*,W^*)(π∗,W∗) solves (1.2), then vλ,sπ,W1≤vλ,sπ∗,W∗v^{\pi,W^1}_{\lambda,s}\le v^{\pi^*,W^*}_{\lambda,s}vλ,sπ,W1​≤vλ,sπ∗,W∗​ for every policy π\piπ, every minimizer W1W^1W1 of R(π,⋅,λ)R(\pi,\cdot,\lambda)R(π,⋅,λ) and every state sss.
  3. Appendix G.1, p. 26: for each λ\lambdaλ, (1.2) has an optimal solution (πλ,Wλ)(\pi_\lambda,W_\lambda)(πλ​,Wλ​) with πλ\pi_\lambdaπλ​ deterministic and WλW_\lambdaWλ​ an extreme point of W\mathcal WW.
  4. Appendix G.1, p. 27: vtπ,W=(I−tL(π,W))−1rπv^{\pi,W}_t=(I-tL(\pi,W))^{-1}r_\pivtπ,W​=(I−tL(π,W))−1rπ​ on (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), and each coordinate is a rational function of ttt whose denominator has no zero in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1).

Stronger: finitely many breakpoints (Proposition 6.3, optional)

Under the same hypotheses there are 0=λ0<λ1<⋯<λp=10=\lambda_0<\lambda_1<\dots<\lambda_p=10=λ0​<λ1​<⋯<λp​=1 and, for each jjj, a single deterministic pair (πj,Wj)(\pi_j,W_j)(πj​,Wj​) optimal for every λ∈(λj,λj+1)\lambda\in(\lambda_j,\lambda_{j+1})λ∈(λj​,λj+1​).

Significance

The result. Robust Blackwell optimality says that, for polyhedral r-rectangular uncertainty, a decision maker who is patient enough does not need to know the discount factor exactly: one deterministic policy is robust-optimal for all discounts near 111, and the adversary has one matching worst-case factor matrix. This is the robust counterpart of the classical bridge from discounted to average-reward criteria, and it is the natural entry point for a theory of robust MDPs under the long-run average criterion, for which the paper notes no results were known. The robust maximum principle states that an optimal robust policy has the highest worst-case value from every starting state, a comparison that has been used to derive structural properties of robust policies in a healthcare setting (Grand-Clément et al. 2020, cited on p. 13 of the paper).

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper; none has a machine-checked proof. The nominal analogues (Blackwell 1962, Theorem 5, and the rationality of the discounted value) are posed on Prove2Me as open targets on a different, nominal model and are not reused here. The formalization also corrects two printed statements: Proposition 6.1 is false for an initial distribution with a zero entry and is posed with p0>0p_0>0p0​>0, and the claim in Appendix G.1 that the factor matrix of a solution is an extreme point is posed in its existential form, the form the proof uses.

Difficulty

The obvious argument for the goal is a pigeonhole over the finitely many candidate pairs (deterministic policies and extreme factor matrices): some pair is optimal for discounts λn→1\lambda_n\to1λn​→1. The step that fails is passing from this sequence to a whole interval. Optimality of a pair is not a comparison between two fixed rational functions of λ\lambdaλ: the worst-case value zλ(π)z_\lambda(\pi)zλ​(π) is a minimum over W\mathcal WW, and optimality quantifies over all randomized policies. A comparison of worst-case values at one discount does not by itself give a comparison of value functions that can be propagated to other discounts. The paper bridges this gap with the robust maximum principle, which turns a worst-case comparison into a statewise comparison of two value functions, each rational in λ\lambdaλ. The maximum principle itself rests on the saddle-point structure of r-rectangular robust MDPs (Theorem 4.2 and Lemma 4.3 of the paper), which a solver must develop.

Formalization scope

All objects live in the definition FactorRMDP.Blackwell.Model. States and actions are finite types, with A\mathbb AA nonempty. Factors are indexed by Fin r, i.e. 0-based. A factor matrix is a function Fin r → S → ℝ. W\mathcal WW is a nonempty convex compact set of factor matrices with stochastic factors. Its factor sets are its projections, and r-rectangularity is the predicate IsRRect, not built into the structure. Rewards are nonnegative and p0∈Δ(S)p_0\in\Delta(\mathbb S)p0​∈Δ(S). The value function is the discounted series, not a fixed point, so no Bellman identity holds by definition. Minima and maxima are stated with IsLeast/IsGreatest, and statements at a fixed discount assume 0<λ<10<\lambda<10<λ<1. Optimality in (1.2) is over stationary randomized policies, as in the paper's proof, and requires both halves: π∗\pi^*π∗ maximizes zλz_\lambdazλ​ and W∗W^*W∗ attains min⁡WR(π∗,W,λ)\min_W R(\pi^*,W,\lambda)minW​R(π∗,W,λ). "Finitely many extreme points" is Mathlib's Set.extremePoints of each factor set. The second sentence of Assumption 2.4 (an optimization oracle) is not formalized.

Explicit choices relative to the printed text:

  • W\mathcal WW nonempty, A\mathbb AA nonempty and λ∈(0,1)\lambda\in(0,1)λ∈(0,1) are stated explicitly.
  • Proposition 6.1 (both parts) assumes p0(s)>0p_0(s)>0p0​(s)>0 for every state. As printed, it is false when p0p_0p0​ vanishes on a state.
  • The extreme-point claim of Appendix G.1 is posed as the existence of an optimal pair with an extreme factor matrix.
  • The goal (Proposition 6.2) keeps p0p_0p0​ arbitrary.

A goal in which the pair (π∗,W∗)(\pi^*,W^*)(π∗,W∗) may depend on λ\lambdaλ would only restate milestone 3 and is not robust Blackwell optimality; the pair is quantified before λ0\lambda_0λ0​.

A complete development needs the saddle-point theory of r-rectangular robust MDPs (shared with the first mission of this series), Neumann series and Cramer's rule for I−tLI-tLI−tL, extreme points of products of compact convex sets, and the finiteness of zeros of a nonzero polynomial. The rationality of discounted values and the extreme-point lemmas are reusable for nominal Blackwell optimality and for other robust models. Proofs of any milestone, of the optional Proposition 6.3, and auxiliary lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • V. Goyal and J. Grand-Clément, Robust Markov Decision Process: Beyond Rectangularity, arXiv:1811.00215v8, 2021; Mathematics of Operations Research, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/1811.00215, https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2022.1259
  • D. Blackwell, Discrete Dynamic Programming, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 33, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177704593
  • S. Gaubert and J. Gunawardena, A Non-Linear Hierarchy for Discrete Event Dynamical Systems, 1998 (as cited in Goyal and Grand-Clément, reference list, arXiv:1811.00215v8).
  • G. N. Iyengar, Robust Dynamic Programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 30, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1040.0129
  • A. Nilim and L. El Ghaoui, Robust Control of Markov Decision Processes with Uncertain Transition Matrices, Operations Research 53, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1050.0216
  • W. Wiesemann, D. Kuhn and B. Rustem, Robust Markov Decision Processes, Mathematics of Operations Research 38, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1120.0566
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Markov Decision Processes: Beyond Rectangularity 1: Under r-Rectangular Factor Uncertainty, Robust Value Iteration Converges to the Optimal Worst-Case Value, Attained by a Deterministic PolicyResearch Paper

Motivation

A Markov decision process (MDP) is optimized for a transition kernel that, in practice, is estimated from data, and the optimal policy for the estimated kernel can perform poorly under small perturbations of it. The robust MDP approach replaces the single kernel by an uncertainty set of kernels and asks for the policy with the best worst-case expected reward. It goes back to Satia and Lave (1973).

Whether a robust MDP is tractable depends on the shape of the uncertainty set.

  • 2005. Iyengar and Nilim and El Ghaoui treat (s,a)-rectangular sets, in which every row PsaP_{sa}Psa​ is chosen independently. An optimal robust policy is stationary and deterministic, and robust value iteration computes it.
  • 2013. Wiesemann, Kuhn and Rustem treat s-rectangular sets. Optimal robust policies are stationary but may need randomization. For general uncertainty sets, computing an optimal robust policy is strongly NP-hard.
  • 2018. Goh et al. introduce factor-based uncertainty for a medical cost-effectiveness application and evaluate the worst case of a fixed policy.
  • 2021–2023. Goyal and Grand-Clément compute optimal robust policies for factor uncertainty with independent factors. This mission formalizes that result.

Rectangular sets let the adversary choose the transitions out of different states independently, which is conservative when all transitions depend on a few common factors, such as a patient's physiology across health states. Factor uncertainty couples the states, and it is the first coupled model in which an optimal robust policy can still be computed.

Setting

There are finite sets of states S\mathbb SS and actions A\mathbb AA, with S=∣S∣S = |\mathbb S|S=∣S∣ and A=∣A∣A=|\mathbb A|A=∣A∣. The rewards satisfy rsa≥0r_{sa}\ge 0rsa​≥0, p0p_0p0​ is an initial distribution on S\mathbb SS, and λ∈(0,1)\lambda\in(0,1)λ∈(0,1) is the discount factor. Fix rrr factors indexed by [r][r][r] and coefficients usai≥0u^i_{sa}\ge0usai​≥0 with ∑iusai=1\sum_i u^i_{sa}=1∑i​usai​=1. A factor matrix W=(w1,…,wr)W=(w_1,\dots,w_r)W=(w1​,…,wr​) has probability vectors wiw_iwi​ on S\mathbb SS as columns, and it induces the kernel

Psas′=∑i=1rusai wi,s′.P_{sas'}=\sum_{i=1}^r u^i_{sa}\,w_{i,s'} .Psas′​=i=1∑r​usai​wi,s′​.

The uncertainty set is a nonempty convex compact set W\mathcal WW of factor matrices. It is r-rectangular if W=W1×⋯×Wr\mathcal W=\mathcal W^1\times\cdots\times\mathcal W^rW=W1×⋯×Wr, so that each factor is chosen independently of the others.

A stationary policy π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π gives a distribution πs\pi_sπs​ on A\mathbb AA at each state. It is deterministic if each πs\pi_sπs​ is a point mass. Write rπ=(∑aπsarsa)sr_\pi=(\sum_a\pi_{sa}r_{sa})_srπ​=(∑a​πsa​rsa​)s​ and Tπ=(∑aπsausai)s,iT_\pi=(\sum_a \pi_{sa}u^i_{sa})_{s,i}Tπ​=(∑a​πsa​usai​)s,i​. The decision maker's value function and the expected discounted reward are

vπ,W=∑t≥0λt(TπW⊤)trπ,R(π,W)=p0⊤vπ,W.v^{\pi,W}=\sum_{t\ge0}\lambda^t (T_\pi W^\top)^t r_\pi, \qquad R(\pi,W)=p_0^\top v^{\pi,W}.vπ,W=t≥0∑​λt(Tπ​W⊤)trπ​,R(π,W)=p0⊤​vπ,W.

The policy evaluation problem computes z(π)=min⁡W∈WR(π,W)z(\pi)=\min_{W\in\mathcal W}R(\pi,W)z(π)=minW∈W​R(π,W). The policy improvement problem computes z∗=max⁡π∈Πz(π)z^*=\max_{\pi\in\Pi}z(\pi)z∗=maxπ∈Π​z(π). Let

F(v)s=max⁡a∈A{rsa+λ∑i=1rusaimin⁡wi∈Wiwi⊤v}.F(v)_s=\max_{a\in\mathbb A}\Big\{r_{sa}+\lambda\sum_{i=1}^r u^i_{sa}\min_{w_i\in\mathcal W^i}w_i^\top v\Big\}.F(v)s​=a∈Amax​{rsa​+λi=1∑r​usai​wi​∈Wimin​wi⊤​v}.

Algorithm VI-PI is the iteration v0=0v^0=0v0=0, vk+1=F(vk)v^{k+1}=F(v^k)vk+1=F(vk).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.1, by its mathematical content

Assume W\mathcal WW is r-rectangular. Then FFF has a unique fixed point v∗v^*v∗, and

z∗=max⁡π∈Πmin⁡W∈WR(π,W)=p0⊤v∗,vk→v∗.z^*=\max_{\pi\in\Pi}\min_{W\in\mathcal W}R(\pi,W)=p_0^\top v^*,\qquad v^k\to v^* .z∗=π∈Πmax​W∈Wmin​R(π,W)=p0⊤​v∗,vk→v∗.

Write θ(ε)=ε(1−λ)(2λ)−1\theta(\varepsilon)=\varepsilon(1-\lambda)(2\lambda)^{-1}θ(ε)=ε(1−λ)(2λ)−1. If ∥vk+1−vk∥∞<θ(ε)\|v^{k+1}-v^k\|_\infty<\theta(\varepsilon)∥vk+1−vk∥∞​<θ(ε), then ∥vk+1−v∗∥∞≤ε\|v^{k+1}-v^*\|_\infty\le\varepsilon∥vk+1−v∗∥∞​≤ε, and the deterministic policy that VI-PI computes at that iteration is ε\varepsilonε-optimal. The test is passed as soon as λkmax⁡r<θ(ε)\lambda^k\max r<\theta(\varepsilon)λkmaxr<θ(ε).

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's route to the goal.

  1. The adversary's Bellman recursion (Proposition 3.1).
  2. The identity W⊤vπ,W=βπ,WW^\top v^{\pi,W}=\beta^{\pi,W}W⊤vπ,W=βπ,W (Lemma 4.3).
  3. The resolvent and linear-programming forms of z(π)z(\pi)z(π) (Lemmas A.2, A.3).
  4. The monotone contraction φ(π,⋅)\varphi(\pi,\cdot)φ(π,⋅) (Appendix A).
  5. The reformulation of z(π)z(\pi)z(π) with constraints βi≤min⁡wiwi⊤(rπ+λTπβ)\beta_i\le\min_{w_i}w_i^\top(r_\pi+\lambda T_\pi\beta)βi​≤minwi​​wi⊤​(rπ​+λTπ​β) (Lemma 3.3).
  6. The existence of a deterministic optimal robust policy (Lemma 4.1).
  7. The saddle point and the min-max duality (Theorem 4.2):
max⁡π∈Πmin⁡W∈WR(π,W)=min⁡W∈Wmax⁡π∈ΠR(π,W).\max_{\pi\in\Pi}\min_{W\in\mathcal W}R(\pi,W)=\min_{W\in\mathcal W}\max_{\pi\in\Pi}R(\pi,W).π∈Πmax​W∈Wmin​R(π,W)=W∈Wmin​π∈Πmax​R(π,W).
  1. The monotone contraction FFF (Lemma E.1).
  2. The fixed-point equation (5.1).

Theorem 3.2, the policy-evaluation analogue of the goal (Algorithm VI-PE), is included as a further item.

Significance

The theorem shows that factor uncertainty, in which transitions out of different states are coupled, is as tractable as (s,a)-rectangular uncertainty, provided the factors are independent. An optimal robust policy exists among deterministic stationary policies, the robust and nominal problems share a saddle point, and value iteration on a λ\lambdaλ-contraction computes the robust value. The structure is also what the companion mission builds on: the robust maximum principle and robust Blackwell optimality are derived from (5.1) and Theorem 4.2.

The results are proved in the paper. None of them is formalized: no factor-matrix robust MDP exists in Lean. The platform's robust-MDP items for (s,a)-rectangular sets (Nilim–El Ghaoui, Iyengar) and s-rectangular sets (Wiesemann et al.) are other uncertainty models and do not specialize to this one. A formal proof would also check a printed statement, since one clause of Theorem 4.2 needs correcting (see below).

Difficulty

The obvious argument writes a robust Bellman equation state by state and appeals to the contraction principle. Here that argument fails. Under factor uncertainty the adversary cannot choose the transitions out of each state separately, because one factor wiw_iwi​ enters every row PsaP_{sa}Psa​ with usai>0u^i_{sa}>0usai​>0. Minimizing state by state therefore yields kernels that need not come from a single feasible WWW. The decision maker's equation for vvv does not close on its own.

The step that requires care links two dynamic programs, the decision maker's over S\mathbb SS and the adversary's over [r][r][r], and shows that factor-wise minimization is feasible. That is where r-rectangularity enters. The paper's Appendix A gives an instance in which the factor-wise minimizers are infeasible once a constraint couples the factors.

Formalization scope

  • States and actions are arbitrary finite types. A\mathbb AA is nonempty, and S\mathbb SS is nonempty because p0p_0p0​ is a distribution. Factors are indexed by Fin r (0-based).
  • W\mathcal WW is a set of maps Fin r → S → ℝ whose values are probability vectors. It is nonempty, convex and compact. Nonemptiness is implicit in the paper and explicit here. Wi\mathcal W^iWi is the projection of W\mathcal WW, and r-rectangularity is a hypothesis (IsRRect). Proposition 3.1, Lemmas 4.3, A.2 and A.3, and both contraction statements are stated without it. Lemma 3.3 is stated with it, since it is false without it.
  • Rewards are nonnegative, as on p. 1. The discount satisfies 0<λ<10<\lambda<10<λ<1 in every statement.
  • vπ,Wv^{\pi,W}vπ,W and the adversary's value βπ,W\beta^{\pi,W}βπ,W are discounted sums, never solutions of a Bellman equation by definition. Defining them as fixed points would make Proposition 3.1, Lemma 4.3 and (5.1) true by definition.
  • Every min and max is attained. Statements use IsLeast/IsGreatest, and Lemma A.2 states the invertibility of I−λW⊤TπI-\lambda W^\top T_\piI−λW⊤Tπ​, because Lean's matrix inverse is 000 on singular matrices.
  • FFF is stated with a maximum over actions. The paper (p. 10) says this is equivalent to its maximum over πs∈Δ\pi_s\in\Deltaπs​∈Δ. Lemma E.1 and the contraction of φ\varphiφ are stated on all of RS\mathbb R^SRS and Rr\mathbb R^rRr.
  • Not formalized: the count of arithmetic operations in Theorems 3.2 and 5.1, and the ε\varepsilonε-optimization oracle of Assumption 2.4 that it counts. The iteration count is stated explicitly instead.
  • Corrections. The paper states (4.6) for every robust solution (π∗,W∗)(\pi^*,W^*)(π∗,W∗) with π∗\pi^*π∗ deterministic. That claim is false: a two-state instance has every policy robust-optimal, yet one robust solution is not nominally optimal against its own W∗W^*W∗. Theorem 4.2 and (5.1) are stated in existence form, which is the form the proof of Theorem 5.1 uses.
  • A goal that kept only the convergence vk→v∗v^k\to v^*vk→v∗ would be a different and weaker theorem. The goal also requires z∗=p0⊤v∗z^*=p_0^\top v^*z∗=p0⊤​v∗, the stopping rule, and the ε\varepsilonε-optimality of the computed deterministic policy.

Reusable infrastructure includes the discounted value of a stationary policy for a stochastic matrix, monotone sup-norm contractions with the standard stopping rule, and minimization of linear forms over compact sets. Contributions to any of these are welcome.

Selected references

  • V. Goyal, J. Grand-Clément, Robust Markov Decision Processes: Beyond Rectangularity, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2023; preprint arXiv:1811.00215v8, 2021 (the version formalized). https://arxiv.org/abs/1811.00215 · https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2022.1259
  • A. Nilim, L. El Ghaoui, Robust control of Markov decision processes with uncertain transition probabilities, Operations Research 53(5), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1050.0216
  • G. Iyengar, Robust dynamic programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 30(2), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1040.0129
  • W. Wiesemann, D. Kuhn, B. Rustem, Robust Markov decision processes, Mathematics of Operations Research 38(1), 2013. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1120.0566
  • J. Goh, M. Bayati, S. A. Zenios, S. Singh, D. Moore, Data uncertainty in Markov chains: application to cost-effectiveness analyses of medical innovations, Operations Research 66(3), 2018. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2017.1685
  • J. K. Satia, R. L. Lave, Markov decision processes with uncertain transition probabilities, Operations Research 21(3), 1973. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.21.3.728
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994.
12 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 2 of 5Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me